Deprecated: The each() function is deprecated. This message will be suppressed on further calls in /home/zhenxiangba/zhenxiangba.com/public_html/phproxy-improved-master/index.php on line 456
JP5698459B2 - Hinge - Google Patents
[go: Go Back, main page]

JP5698459B2 - Hinge - Google Patents

Hinge Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP5698459B2
JP5698459B2 JP2010039729A JP2010039729A JP5698459B2 JP 5698459 B2 JP5698459 B2 JP 5698459B2 JP 2010039729 A JP2010039729 A JP 2010039729A JP 2010039729 A JP2010039729 A JP 2010039729A JP 5698459 B2 JP5698459 B2 JP 5698459B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
pair
wing
hole
plate
cam
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
JP2010039729A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2011175130A (en
Inventor
勉 勝又
勉 勝又
佐藤 拓哉
拓哉 佐藤
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Simotec Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Simotec Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Simotec Co Ltd filed Critical Simotec Co Ltd
Priority to JP2010039729A priority Critical patent/JP5698459B2/en
Publication of JP2011175130A publication Critical patent/JP2011175130A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP5698459B2 publication Critical patent/JP5698459B2/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Holders For Sensitive Materials And Originals (AREA)
  • Electrophotography Configuration And Component (AREA)
  • Facsimiles In General (AREA)

Description

本発明は、例えば事務機器の本体に事務機器の原稿圧着板を開閉可能に連結する等、第一連結対象物に第二連結対象物を開閉可能に連結するヒンジに関する。   The present invention relates to a hinge that connects a second connection object to a first connection object so as to be openable and closable, for example, to connect a document crimping plate of the office equipment to the main body of the office equipment.

従来、複写機、ファクシミリ、スキャナー等、オフィスで使用される事務機器の多くは、その本体の上面に原稿読み取り部(コンタクトガラス)を具備するとともに、当該原稿読み取り部を覆う原稿圧着板を具備する。
原稿圧着板は、原稿読み取り部に載置された原稿を原稿読み取り部に密着させるとともに原稿読み取り部に対する原稿の位置を保持するものであり、一般的には原稿圧着板の端部がヒンジにより事務機器の本体の上面の端部に回動可能に連結される。
2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, many office machines used in offices such as copying machines, facsimile machines, scanners, and the like have a document reading section (contact glass) on the upper surface of the main body and a document crimping plate that covers the document reading section. .
The document crimping plate is used for bringing the document placed on the document reading unit into close contact with the document reading unit and holding the position of the document with respect to the document reading unit. It is rotatably connected to the end of the upper surface of the main body of the device.

このような原稿圧着板は、原稿を原稿読み取り部に密着させるためにある程度の重量を要する。また、原稿圧着板が原稿自動送り装置(Auto Document Feeder;ADF)を具備する場合、原稿圧着板の重量は更に増大する。
従って、従来の事務機器の本体と原稿圧着板とを連結するヒンジは、事務機器の本体に固定される取り付け部材と、原稿圧着板に固定される支持部材と、これらの部材の間に配置されるバネと、を具備し、当該バネの付勢力で原稿圧着板の重量を支えることにより、事務機器の本体に対する原稿圧着板の回動角度(開閉角度)を任意の角度で保持し、ひいては作業者が原稿圧着板を回動(開閉)させて原稿読み取り部へ原稿を載置する作業を容易にしている。例えば、特許文献1に記載の如くである。
Such a document pressing plate requires a certain amount of weight in order to bring the document into close contact with the document reading unit. In addition, when the original cover is provided with an automatic document feeder (ADF), the weight of the original cover is further increased.
Therefore, the hinge that connects the main body of the conventional office machine and the document crimping plate is disposed between the attachment member fixed to the main body of the office device, the support member fixed to the document crimping plate, and these members. And by supporting the weight of the original pressure plate with the biasing force of the spring, the rotation angle (opening / closing angle) of the original pressure plate with respect to the main body of the office equipment is held at an arbitrary angle, and thus work. This facilitates the operation of placing the document on the document reading unit by rotating (opening / closing) the document crimping plate. For example, as described in Patent Document 1.

また、事務機器の分野では、消費者のニーズに応じて(α)「原稿圧着板に原稿自動送り装置を備えているもの」と(β)「原稿圧着板に原稿自動送り装置を備えていないもの」の両方を製造する場合がある。
この場合、(α)および(β)の事務機器の本体側の装置構成はほとんど同じであるが、原稿自動送り装置の重量はかなり重い(原稿圧着板の重量に対して無視できない)。
そのため、(α)および(β)の間では原稿圧着板(あるいは、原稿圧着板および原稿自動送り装置を合わせたもの)の自重に起因してヒンジに作用する回転力(トルク)が大きく異なる。
従って、同一のヒンジで(α)および(β)の両方の場合について「原稿圧着板(あるいは、原稿圧着板および原稿自動送り装置を合わせたもの)の自重に起因してヒンジに作用する回転力」および「バネの付勢力に起因してヒンジに作用する回転力」のバランスをとる、ひいては事務機器の本体に対する原稿圧着板の回動角度(開閉角度)を任意の角度で保持することは困難である。
Also, in the field of office equipment, according to consumer needs (α) “the document pressing plate is equipped with an automatic document feeder” and (β) “the document crimping plate is not equipped with an automatic document feeder. There are cases in which both of the "things" are manufactured.
In this case, the apparatus configuration on the main body side of the (α) and (β) office equipment is almost the same, but the weight of the automatic document feeder is quite heavy (it cannot be ignored with respect to the weight of the original pressure plate).
Therefore, the rotational force (torque) acting on the hinge is greatly different between (α) and (β) due to the weight of the original cover (or the original cover and the automatic document feeder).
Therefore, in both cases (α) and (β) with the same hinge, “the rotational force acting on the hinge due to the weight of the original pressure plate (or the original pressure plate and the automatic document feeder combined)” ”And“ Rotational force acting on the hinge due to the biasing force of the spring ”, and thus it is difficult to hold the rotation angle (opening / closing angle) of the original cover against the main body of the office equipment at an arbitrary angle. It is.

上記問題を解消する方法の一つとしては、付勢力が異なる二種類のバネを用意し、当該二種類のバネの一方を(α)に対応するヒンジに組み込み、他方を(β)に対応するヒンジに組み込む方法が考えられる。
しかし、この方法では、事務機器を製造する現場において事務機器の仕様(原稿自動送り装置の有無)に応じてヒンジに異なる種類のバネを組み込む作業を行う必要があり、バネを組み込む作業が煩雑になる。
また、事務機器を製造する現場において管理しなければならない部品の数(種類)が増え、管理が煩雑になる(管理コストが上昇する)。
As one method of solving the above problem, two types of springs having different urging forces are prepared, and one of the two types of springs is incorporated in a hinge corresponding to (α), and the other corresponds to (β). A method of incorporating into the hinge is conceivable.
However, with this method, it is necessary to perform a work for incorporating different types of springs into the hinges according to the specifications of the office equipment (whether or not an automatic document feeder is present) at the site where the office equipment is manufactured. Become.
In addition, the number (type) of parts that must be managed at the site where office equipment is manufactured increases and management becomes complicated (management costs increase).

また、事務機器の使用者(購入者)が、事務機器の使用状況の変化等の理由から、原稿自動送り装置を後で購入し、事務機器に組み付ける(事務機器の仕様を(β)から(α)に変更する)場合もある。
このような場合には、ヒンジを事務機器から取り外し、ヒンジを分解して別の種類のバネを組み込む(バネを交換する)作業を要し、非常に煩雑である。
Also, the user (purchaser) of the office equipment purchases the automatic document feeder later and assembles it to the office equipment for reasons such as changes in the usage status of the office equipment. in some cases.
In such a case, an operation of removing the hinge from the office equipment, disassembling the hinge and incorporating another type of spring (changing the spring) is required, which is very complicated.

上記問題を解消する方法として、バネの付勢力を調整する機構(付勢力調整機構)をヒンジに備える方法が考えられる。このような機構を備えるヒンジとしては、特許文献2から特許文献4に記載のヒンジが知られている。   As a method of solving the above problem, a method of providing a hinge with a mechanism for adjusting the biasing force of the spring (biasing force adjusting mechanism) is conceivable. As hinges provided with such a mechanism, the hinges described in Patent Documents 2 to 4 are known.

特許文献2に記載のヒンジ(原稿圧着板開閉装置)は、事務機器の本体に取り付けられる取り付け部材と、取り付け部材に回動可能に取り付けられるとともに原稿圧着板を指示する支持部材と、取り付け部材と支持部材との間にスライド可能に設けられた一対のスライダと、一対のスライダに収容されるとともに一対のスライダを取り付け部材および支持部材にそれぞれ押し付けて原稿圧着板を開成方向に回転付勢するコンプレッションスプリングと、を備え、一対のスライダの少なくとも一方にコンプレッションスプリングの弾力を調節する弾力調節手段を設け、弾力調節手段は、一方のスライダ内に回転可能に設けられるとともにコンプレッションスプリング内に延びるアジャスト部を有する操作プレートと、操作プレートのアジャスト部に軸方向に移動可能に設けられて軸周りに回転しないとともにコンプレッションスプリングの端部が当接するアジャストプレートと、操作プレートに設けられるとともに一方のスライダに設けられた貫通孔から外部に露出される操作部とを有する。
作業者が特許文献2に記載のヒンジ(原稿圧着板開閉装置)の一方のスライダの外部から貫通孔に工具あるいは指を差しこんで操作部を操作することにより、操作プレートが回転し、実質的には操作プレートのアジャスト部に螺装されるアジャストプレートがコンプレッションスプリングの長手方向(伸長・収縮する方向)に移動する。
その結果、取り付け部材に対して支持部材がある回動角度を成すときのコンプレッションスプリングの全長が変化し、ひいてはコンプレッションスプリングの弾力が調整される。
A hinge (document crimping plate opening / closing device) described in Patent Document 2 is provided with an attachment member attached to a main body of an office device, a support member rotatably attached to the attachment member, and indicating the document crimping plate, and an attachment member. A pair of sliders slidably provided between the support member and a compression that is accommodated in the pair of sliders and that presses the pair of sliders against the attachment member and the support member to urge the original pressure plate in the opening direction. A spring is provided, and at least one of the pair of sliders is provided with elasticity adjusting means for adjusting the elasticity of the compression spring, and the elasticity adjusting means is rotatably provided in one slider and has an adjustment portion extending into the compression spring. Operation plate and adjustment of operation plate An adjustment plate that is provided so as to be movable in the axial direction and does not rotate around the axis and that is in contact with the end of the compression spring, and an operation that is provided on the operation plate and exposed to the outside through a through hole provided in one slider Part.
When the operator operates the operation portion by inserting a tool or a finger into the through hole from the outside of one slider of the hinge (document pressure plate opening / closing device) described in Patent Document 2, the operation plate rotates, and substantially The adjustment plate screwed to the adjustment portion of the operation plate moves in the longitudinal direction of the compression spring (in the direction of expansion / contraction).
As a result, the overall length of the compression spring when the support member forms a certain rotation angle with respect to the attachment member is changed, and consequently the elasticity of the compression spring is adjusted.

特許文献3に記載のヒンジ(ヒンジ装置)は、装置本体に取り付けられる取り付け部材と、取り付け部材にヒンジピンを介して回動可能に取り付けられるとともに原稿圧着板を支持する支持部材と、支持部材と取り付け部材との間に弾設されたコンプレッションスプリングと、コンプレッションスプリングの内部に収装され取り付け部材と支持部材の自由端側との間の一方又は双方にその基部を揺動可能に取り付けたダンパーとから成り、ダンパーに軸方向に移動可能にアジャストプレートを取り付け、アジャストプレートと支持部材あるいは取り付け部材との間にコンプレッションスプリングを弾設する。
作業者が特許文献3に記載のヒンジ(ヒンジ装置)のダンパーを工具等を用いて回転させることにより、ダンパーが回転し、実質的にはダンパーに螺装されるアジャストプレートがコンプレッションスプリングの長手方向(伸長・収縮する方向)に移動する。
その結果、取り付け部材に対して支持部材がある回動角度を成すときのコンプレッションスプリングの全長が変化し、ひいてはコンプレッションスプリングの弾力が調整される。
A hinge (hinge device) described in Patent Literature 3 is attached to an apparatus main body, a support member that is rotatably attached to the attachment member via a hinge pin, and supports the original cover. A compression spring that is provided between the member and a damper that is housed in the compression spring and that has a base swingably attached to one or both of the attachment member and the free end of the support member. The adjustment plate is attached to the damper so as to be movable in the axial direction, and a compression spring is provided between the adjustment plate and the support member or the attachment member.
When the operator rotates the damper of the hinge (hinge device) described in Patent Document 3 using a tool or the like, the damper rotates, and the adjustment plate substantially screwed to the damper is in the longitudinal direction of the compression spring. Move in the direction of expansion / contraction.
As a result, the overall length of the compression spring when the support member forms a certain rotation angle with respect to the attachment member is changed, and consequently the elasticity of the compression spring is adjusted.

特許文献4に記載のヒンジは、自動原稿給送装置に固定される可動部材と、装置本体に固定されるとともに可動部材に回転可能に連結される不動部材と、可動部材に収容された一対のハウジング(スライダ)と、一対のハウジングの間に配置されるバネと、可動部材に対する一方のハウジングの位置を規制する調整ネジと、を備える。
調整ネジは可動部材に螺装されており、工具を用いて調整ネジを回転させることにより可動部材に対する一方のハウジングの位置(バネの長手方向における位置)が変化する。
その結果、不動部材に対して可動部材がある回動角度を成すときのバネの全長が変化し、ひいてはバネの弾力が調整される。
The hinge described in Patent Document 4 includes a movable member fixed to the automatic document feeder, a stationary member fixed to the apparatus main body and rotatably connected to the movable member, and a pair of housings accommodated in the movable member. A housing (slider), a spring disposed between the pair of housings, and an adjustment screw for regulating the position of the one housing with respect to the movable member.
The adjustment screw is screwed to the movable member, and the position of one housing relative to the movable member (position in the longitudinal direction of the spring) is changed by rotating the adjustment screw using a tool.
As a result, the total length of the spring when the movable member forms a certain rotation angle with respect to the stationary member is changed, and the elasticity of the spring is adjusted accordingly.

特許文献2から特許文献4に記載のヒンジは、いずれも実質的には「バネの一端部」と「バネの一端部を支持する部材」との間に「別の部材(バネの付勢力を調整する機構を成す部材)」を配置し、「別の部材」を「バネの一端部を支持する部材」に螺装し、「別の部材」が「バネの一端部を支持する部材」に対して相対的に回転することにより「別の部材」が「バネの一端部を支持する部材」に対して移動し、ひいてはバネの全長を変化させる。
特許文献2から特許文献4に記載のヒンジは、ヒンジを事務機器等の対象物から取り外す、あるいはバネを交換するといった作業を伴わずにバネの付勢力を調整することが可能である。
Each of the hinges described in Patent Document 2 to Patent Document 4 substantially has “another member (the spring biasing force is applied) between the“ one end of the spring ”and the“ member supporting the one end of the spring ”. "Members that make up the adjusting mechanism)" are placed, "Another member" is screwed into "Member supporting one end of spring", and "Another member" becomes "Member supporting one end of spring" By rotating relatively, the “other member” moves relative to the “member that supports one end of the spring”, and as a result, the total length of the spring is changed.
The hinges described in Patent Document 2 to Patent Document 4 can adjust the biasing force of the spring without performing an operation of removing the hinge from an object such as office equipment or replacing the spring.

しかし、特許文献2から特許文献4に記載のヒンジにおける付勢力調整機構は、バネの経年劣化によるバネの付勢力の変化を微調整する、あるいはヒンジを構成する部材の組み立て精度等に起因するバネの付勢力のバラツキを微調整する等、バネの付勢力を微調整することを目的とする。
そのため、原稿圧着板に具備されるADFの有無に応じてバネの付勢力を大幅に変更する場合には適用できない。あるいは、仮に適用できたとしても、「別の部材」を「バネの一端部を支持する部材」に対して相当に大きな角度分だけ(例えば数回転、十数回転分等)回転させなければならず、作業が煩雑になる。
However, the biasing force adjustment mechanism in the hinges described in Patent Literature 2 to Patent Literature 4 finely adjusts the change in the biasing force of the spring due to deterioration over time of the spring, or the spring resulting from the assembly accuracy of the members constituting the hinge, etc. The purpose is to finely adjust the biasing force of the spring, such as finely adjusting the variation of the biasing force.
Therefore, it cannot be applied to a case where the biasing force of the spring is significantly changed according to the presence or absence of the ADF provided on the original cover. Alternatively, even if it can be applied, the “other member” must be rotated by a considerably large angle (for example, several rotations, ten rotations, etc.) with respect to the “member that supports one end of the spring”. Therefore, the work becomes complicated.

また、特許文献2から特許文献4に記載のヒンジの場合、バネがヒンジに取り付けられている間は常にバネの弾力(付勢力)が「別の部材」と「バネの一端部を支持する部材」とが螺合する部分(ネジ山)に作用する。
そのため、「別の部材」を「バネの一端部を支持する部材」に対して相対回転させるために要する力が大きい。
Further, in the case of the hinges described in Patent Document 2 to Patent Document 4, the elastic force (biasing force) of the spring is always “another member” and “a member that supports one end of the spring while the spring is attached to the hinge. ”Acts on the portion (thread) where it is screwed.
Therefore, a large force is required to rotate the “other member” relative to the “member that supports one end of the spring”.

特許文献5に記載のヒンジ(ヒンジ装置)は、相対的に回動自在となるよう回転軸で連結される第1、第2の取り付け部材と、一端が第1の取り付け部材に軸承されるとともに他端が第2の取り付け部材に軸承され取り付け部材の回動動作に応じて伸縮かつ揺動自在の緩衝部材と、緩衝部材の少なくとも一端に連結され緩衝部材の揺動運動に応じて回転する回転部材と、回転部材に接して緩衝部材の揺動運動を制動するフリクション部材と、を備える。
また、第1、第2の取り付け部材のうち回転部材を支持するものには、実質的には一対の長孔からなる一対のスリット状軸受けが形成された部材(押し台26)が回動可能に支持される。回転部材の両端部はそれぞれ一対のスリット状軸受けに回転可能かつスリット状軸受けの長手方向に移動可能に係止される。
一対のスリット状軸受けが形成された部材が第1、第2の取り付け部材のうち回転部材を支持するものに対して回動することにより、回転部材の軸線とフリクション部材の軸線とを結ぶ線と一対のスリット状軸受けの長手方向の成す角度(θ2)が変化し、第1の取り付け部材に対して第2の取り付け部材がある回動角度を成すときのバネ(緩衝部材)の全長が変化し、ひいてはバネの弾力が調整される。
The hinge (hinge device) described in Patent Document 5 is supported by first and second attachment members that are coupled by a rotation shaft so as to be relatively rotatable, and one end is supported by the first attachment member. The other end is supported by the second mounting member, and the buffer member is telescopic and swingable according to the rotation of the mounting member, and the rotation is connected to at least one end of the buffer member and rotates according to the swinging motion of the buffer member. And a friction member that contacts the rotating member and brakes the swinging motion of the buffer member.
In addition, among the first and second mounting members that support the rotating member, a member (push table 26) in which a pair of slit-like bearings composed of a pair of elongated holes is formed is rotatable. Supported by Both ends of the rotating member are respectively locked to a pair of slit bearings so as to be rotatable and movable in the longitudinal direction of the slit bearings.
The member formed with the pair of slit bearings rotates with respect to the first and second mounting members that support the rotating member, thereby connecting the axis of the rotating member and the axis of the friction member; The angle (θ2) formed by the longitudinal direction of the pair of slit bearings changes, and the total length of the spring (buffer member) changes when the second mounting member forms a rotation angle with respect to the first mounting member. As a result, the elasticity of the spring is adjusted.

しかし、特許文献5に記載のヒンジは、第1、第2の取り付け部材が相対的に回動するときに緩衝部材(バネ)が揺動し、第1、第2の取り付け部材の外部に突出する。
ヒンジの回動角度に応じてヒンジの外部に突出する部材があることは、他の部材等との干渉を防止する観点から好ましくない。
However, in the hinge described in Patent Document 5, the buffer member (spring) swings when the first and second mounting members relatively rotate, and protrudes outside the first and second mounting members. To do.
The presence of a member that protrudes outside the hinge according to the rotation angle of the hinge is not preferable from the viewpoint of preventing interference with other members.

特開2007−212910号公報JP 2007-212910 A 特開2009−58790号公報JP 2009-58790 A 特開2004−101620号公報JP 2004-101620 A 特開2002−202640号公報JP 2002-202640 A 特開平10−220093号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-220093

本発明は以上の如き状況に鑑みてなされたものである。
すなわち、本発明が解決しようとする課題は、連結する対象物(第一連結対象物および第二連結対象物)から取り外す、あるいは付勢部材を交換するといった作業を伴わずに付勢部材の付勢力を容易に調整することが可能なヒンジを提供すること、である。
The present invention has been made in view of the above situation.
That is, the problem to be solved by the present invention is that the urging member is attached without the operation of removing the urging member from the objects to be connected (the first linking object and the second linking object) or replacing the urging member. It is to provide a hinge capable of easily adjusting the power.

以下では、上記課題を解決するための手段を説明する。   Hereinafter, means for solving the above problems will be described.

即ち、請求項1においては、
第一連結対象物に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に支持されるカム部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結されるとともに第二連結対象物に固定される第二ウイング部材と、
前記第二ウイング部材に支持されつつ前記カム部材に接近する方向および前記カム部材から離間する方向に移動可能なスライド部材と、
前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に接近する方向に付勢することにより前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に当接させる付勢部材と、
を具備し、
前記カム部材は、前記第二ウイング部材と前記第一ウイング部材とが最も近接した際の前記付勢部材の軸方向における、前記付勢部材の反対側端部からの距離を変更可能かつ固定可能に前記第一ウイング部材に支持され
前記カム部材は、
両端部が前記第一ウイング部材に形成された一対の第一長孔に貫装され、中途部には前記スライド部材に当接する面である当接面が形成される当接部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に対して所定の移動方向に移動可能に支持され、一対の第二長孔が形成され、前記一対の第二長孔には前記当接部材が貫装される移動部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記移動部材の前記移動方向における位置である移動位置を変更するとともに前記移動部材を前記第一ウイング部材に固定することが可能な移動位置調整部材と、
を具備し、
前記一対の第一長孔の長手方向、前記一対の第二長孔の長手方向および前記移動方向はいずれも前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸の軸線方向に対して垂直であり、
前記一対の第二長孔の長手方向は前記移動方向に対して傾斜し、
前記一対の第一長孔の長手方向は前記一対の第二長孔の長手方向に対して傾斜するものである。
That is, in claim 1,
A first wing member fixed to the first connection object;
A cam member supported by the first wing member;
A second wing member that is pivotally coupled to the first wing member and fixed to the second coupling object;
A slide member movable in a direction approaching the cam member and a direction away from the cam member while being supported by the second wing member;
A biasing member for biasing the slide member against the cam member by biasing the slide member in a direction approaching the cam member;
Comprising
The cam member can change and fix the distance from the opposite end of the biasing member in the axial direction of the biasing member when the second wing member and the first wing member are closest to each other. Supported by the first wing member ,
The cam member is
A contact member having both end portions penetrating into a pair of first elongated holes formed in the first wing member, and a contact surface which is a surface contacting the slide member formed in the middle portion;
A movable member supported to be movable in a predetermined movement direction with respect to the first wing member, a pair of second long holes are formed, and the pair of second long holes are inserted into the contact member; ,
A moving position adjusting member capable of changing a moving position that is a position in the moving direction of the moving member with respect to the first wing member and fixing the moving member to the first wing member;
Comprising
The longitudinal direction of the pair of first elongated holes, the longitudinal direction of the pair of second elongated holes, and the moving direction are all perpendicular to the axial direction of the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member. And
The longitudinal direction of the pair of second long holes is inclined with respect to the moving direction,
The longitudinal direction of the pair of first elongated holes is inclined with respect to the longitudinal direction of the pair of second elongated holes .

請求項2においては、
前記移動位置調整部材は、
前記第一ウイング部材または前記移動部材の一方に螺装され、
前記第一ウイング部材または前記移動部材の他方に前記移動位置調整部材の軸線方向に相対移動不能かつ前記移動位置調整部材の軸線周りに回転可能に支持され、
前記移動位置調整部材の軸線方向は前記移動方向に対して平行である。
In claim 2 ,
The moving position adjusting member is
Screwed to one of the first wing member or the moving member,
The other of the first wing member or the moving member is supported so as not to be relatively movable in the axial direction of the moving position adjusting member and to be rotatable around the axis of the moving position adjusting member,
The axial direction of the moving position adjusting member is parallel to the moving direction.

請求項3においては、
前記第二連結対象物が前記第一連結対象物に対して閉じているときを基準として前記第二ウイング部材が前記第一ウイング部に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したときに前記スライド部材に当接することにより、前記スライド部材が前記カム部材に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、前記スライド部材を前記カム部材から離間させるスライド規制部材を具備するものである。
In claim 3 ,
When the second wing member is rotated by a predetermined angle or more in the opening direction with respect to the first wing portion with reference to the time when the second connection object is closed with respect to the first connection object, By contacting the slide member, the slide member is restricted from moving in a direction approaching the cam member, and includes a slide restricting member that separates the slide member from the cam member.

請求項4においては、
前記スライド規制部材は、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸を兼ねるものである。
In claim 4 ,
The slide regulating member is
It also serves as a rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member.

請求項5においては、
第一連結対象物に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に支持されるカム部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結されるとともに第二連結対象物に固定される第二ウイング部材と、
前記第二ウイング部材に支持されつつ前記カム部材に接近する方向および前記カム部材から離間する方向に移動可能なスライド部材と、
前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に接近する方向に付勢することにより前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に当接させる付勢部材と、
を具備し、
前記カム部材は、前記第二ウイング部材と前記第一ウイング部材とが最も近接した際の前記付勢部材の軸方向における、前記付勢部材の反対側端部からの距離を変更可能かつ固定可能に前記第一ウイング部材に支持され、
前記カム部材は、
一端部が前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される一対のアーム部材と、
両端部が前記一対のアーム部材の他端部に支持され、中途部には前記スライド部材に当接する面である当接面が形成される当接部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記一対のアーム部材の回動角度であるアーム角度を変更可能かつ固定可能に前記一対のアーム部材を前記第一ウイング部材に固定するアーム角度調整部材と、
を具備するものである。
In claim 5,
A first wing member fixed to the first connection object;
A cam member supported by the first wing member;
A second wing member that is pivotally coupled to the first wing member and fixed to the second coupling object;
A slide member movable in a direction approaching the cam member and a direction away from the cam member while being supported by the second wing member;
A biasing member for biasing the slide member against the cam member by biasing the slide member in a direction approaching the cam member;
Comprising
The cam member can change and fix the distance from the opposite end of the biasing member in the axial direction of the biasing member when the second wing member and the first wing member are closest to each other. Supported by the first wing member,
The cam member is
A pair of arm members rotatably coupled to the first wing member at one end;
Both ends are supported by the other ends of the pair of arm members, and a contact member in which a contact surface that is a surface that contacts the slide member is formed in the middle part;
An arm angle adjusting member for fixing the pair of arm members to the first wing member so that the arm angle, which is the rotation angle of the pair of arm members with respect to the first wing member, can be changed and fixed;
It comprises.

請求項6においては、
前記アーム角度調整部材は、
前記第一ウイング部材において前記一対のアーム部材の回動中心から等距離となる位置に形成される複数のウイング側貫通孔のうちのいずれかに貫装されるとともに、前記一対のアーム部材に形成されるアーム部材側貫通孔に貫装されるピンである。
In claim 6 ,
The arm angle adjusting member is
In the first wing member, the first wing member is inserted into one of a plurality of wing side through holes formed at a position equidistant from the rotation center of the pair of arm members, and formed in the pair of arm members. It is the pin penetrated by the arm member side through-hole.

請求項7においては、
前記第一ウイング部材には、前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記一対のアーム部材の回動軸を中心とする円弧状の支持面が形成され、
前記当接部材は前記支持面に当接するものである。
In claim 7 ,
The first wing member is formed with an arcuate support surface centering on a rotation axis of the pair of arm members with respect to the first wing member,
The abutting member abuts on the support surface.

請求項8においては、
前記支持面は前記アーム軸を中心とする円弧状の長孔である支持孔の内周面であり、
前記当接部材は前記支持孔に貫装されるものである。
In claim 8 ,
The support surface is an inner peripheral surface of a support hole that is an arc-shaped long hole centered on the arm axis,
The contact member is inserted into the support hole.

請求項9においては、
前記第二連結対象物が前記第一連結対象物に対して閉じているときを基準として前記第二ウイング部材が前記第一ウイング部に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したときに前記スライド部材に当接することにより、前記スライド部材が前記カム部材に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、前記スライド部材を前記カム部材から離間させるスライド規制部材を具備するものである。
In claim 9 ,
When the second wing member is rotated by a predetermined angle or more in the opening direction with respect to the first wing portion with reference to the time when the second connection object is closed with respect to the first connection object, By contacting the slide member, the slide member is restricted from moving in a direction approaching the cam member, and includes a slide restricting member that separates the slide member from the cam member.

請求項10においては、
前記スライド規制部材は、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸を兼ねるものである。
In claim 10 ,
The slide regulating member is
It also serves as a rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member.

請求項11においては、
第一連結対象物に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に支持されるカム部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結されるとともに第二連結対象物に固定される第二ウイング部材と、
前記第二ウイング部材に支持されつつ前記カム部材に接近する方向および前記カム部材から離間する方向に移動可能なスライド部材と、
前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に接近する方向に付勢することにより前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に当接させる付勢部材と、
を具備し、
前記カム部材は、前記第二ウイング部材と前記第一ウイング部材とが最も近接した際の前記付勢部材の軸方向における、前記付勢部材の反対側端部からの距離を変更可能かつ固定可能に前記第一ウイング部材に支持され、
前記カム部材は、
両端部が前記第一ウイング部材に支持されるとともに、中途部には前記スライド部材に当接する面である当接面が形成される当接部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記当接部材のカム軸周りの回転角度を変更することが可能であるとともに変更後の前記カム軸周りの回転角度を固定可能な回転角度変更部材と、
を具備し、
前記カム軸は第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸に平行であるものである。
In claim 11,
A first wing member fixed to the first connection object;
A cam member supported by the first wing member;
A second wing member that is pivotally coupled to the first wing member and fixed to the second coupling object;
A slide member movable in a direction approaching the cam member and a direction away from the cam member while being supported by the second wing member;
A biasing member for biasing the slide member against the cam member by biasing the slide member in a direction approaching the cam member;
Comprising
The cam member can change and fix the distance from the opposite end of the biasing member in the axial direction of the biasing member when the second wing member and the first wing member are closest to each other. Supported by the first wing member,
The cam member is
Both end portions are supported by the first wing member, and a contact member in which a contact surface that is a surface that contacts the slide member is formed in the middle portion;
A rotation angle changing member capable of changing a rotation angle around the cam shaft of the contact member with respect to the first wing member and fixing the rotation angle around the cam shaft after the change;
Comprising
The cam shaft is parallel to the rotation axis of the second wing member relative to the first wing member.

請求項12においては、
前記回転角度変更部材は前記第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に着脱可能に嵌装され、
前記当接部材は前記回転角度変更部材に固定され、
前記回転角度変更部材が前記第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に嵌装され、前記回転角度変更部材に形成された係止面と前記嵌合孔の内周面である嵌合面とが当接することにより、前記回転角度変更部材は前記カム軸周りの二以上の異なる回転角度で相対回転不能に前記第一ウイング部材に固定され、
前記回転角度変更部材が前記第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に嵌装されたとき、前記当接部材は前記カム軸周りの二以上の異なる回転角度ごとに前記第一ウイング部材に対して異なる位置に配置されるものである。
In claim 12 ,
The rotation angle changing member is detachably fitted in a fitting hole formed in the first wing member,
The contact member is fixed to the rotation angle changing member,
The rotation angle changing member is fitted in a fitting hole formed in the first wing member, a locking surface formed in the rotation angle changing member, and a fitting surface which is an inner peripheral surface of the fitting hole; The rotation angle changing member is fixed to the first wing member so as not to be relatively rotatable at two or more different rotation angles around the cam shaft.
When the rotation angle changing member is fitted in a fitting hole formed in the first wing member, the contact member is in contact with the first wing member at every two or more different rotation angles around the cam shaft. Are arranged at different positions.

請求項13においては、
前記回転角度変更部材および前記当接部材は、一体的に成形されるものである。
In claim 13 ,
The rotation angle changing member and the contact member are integrally formed.

請求項14においては、
前記回転角度変更部材は前記第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に着脱可能に嵌装され、
前記当接部材は、前記回転角度変更部材が前記嵌合孔に嵌装されたときの前記カム軸に平行な軸線方向を有するとともに前記カム軸からずれた別の軸周りに回転可能に前記回転角度変更部材に軸支され、
前記回転角度変更部材が前記第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に嵌装され、前記回転角度変更部材に形成された係止面と前記嵌合孔の内周面である嵌合面とが当接することにより、前記回転角度変更部材は前記カム軸周りの二以上の異なる回転角度で相対回転不能に前記第一ウイング部材に固定され、
前記回転角度変更部材が前記第一ウイング部材に固定されたとき、前記当接部材は前記カム軸周りの二以上の異なる回転角度ごとに前記第一ウイング部材に対して異なる位置に配置されるものである。
In claim 14 ,
The rotation angle changing member is detachably fitted in a fitting hole formed in the first wing member,
The abutting member has an axial direction parallel to the cam shaft when the rotation angle changing member is fitted in the fitting hole, and is rotatable about another axis shifted from the cam shaft. It is pivotally supported by the angle change member,
The rotation angle changing member is fitted in a fitting hole formed in the first wing member, a locking surface formed in the rotation angle changing member, and a fitting surface which is an inner peripheral surface of the fitting hole; The rotation angle changing member is fixed to the first wing member so as not to be relatively rotatable at two or more different rotation angles around the cam shaft.
When the rotation angle changing member is fixed to the first wing member, the contact member is disposed at a different position with respect to the first wing member at every two or more different rotation angles around the cam shaft. It is.

請求項15においては、
前記当接部材は前記カム軸周りに回転可能に前記第一ウイング部材に軸支され、
前記回転角度変更部材は、
前記当接部材に相対回転不能に固定されるウォームホイールと、
前記第一ウイング部材に回転可能に軸支され、前記ウォームホイールに噛合するウォームと、
を具備するものである。
In claim 15 ,
The contact member is pivotally supported by the first wing member so as to be rotatable around the cam shaft,
The rotation angle changing member is
A worm wheel fixed to the abutting member so as not to be relatively rotatable;
A worm rotatably supported by the first wing member and meshing with the worm wheel;
It comprises.

請求項16においては、
前記第二連結対象物が前記第一連結対象物に対して閉じているときを基準として前記第二ウイング部材が前記第一ウイング部に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したときに前記スライド部材に当接することにより、前記スライド部材が前記カム部材に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、前記スライド部材を前記カム部材から離間させるスライド規制部材を具備するものである。
In claim 16 ,
When the second wing member is rotated by a predetermined angle or more in the opening direction with respect to the first wing portion with reference to the time when the second connection object is closed with respect to the first connection object, By contacting the slide member, the slide member is restricted from moving in a direction approaching the cam member, and includes a slide restricting member that separates the slide member from the cam member.

請求項17においては、
前記スライド規制部材は、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸を兼ねるものである。
In claim 17 ,
The slide regulating member is
It also serves as a rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member.

本発明は、連結する対象物から取り外す、あるいは付勢部材を交換するといった作業を伴わずに付勢部材の付勢力を容易に調整することが可能である、という効果を奏する。   The present invention has an effect that it is possible to easily adjust the urging force of the urging member without performing an operation of removing the object to be connected or replacing the urging member.

本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態から第四実施形態を具備する複合機を示す右側面図。The right view which shows the multifunctional machine which comprises 4th embodiment from 1st embodiment of the hinge based on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す右側面図。The right view which shows 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing a first embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の下部固定部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the lower fixing member of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態から第四実施形態の中間部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the intermediate member of 4th embodiment from 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態から第四実施形態の上部固定部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the upper fixing member of 4th embodiment from 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態から第四実施形態の第一スライダを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 1st slider of 4th embodiment from 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態から第四実施形態の第二スライダを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the 2nd slider of 4th embodiment from 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態のカム部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the cam member of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の当接部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the contact member of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の移動部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the moving member of 1st embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. (a)本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態の移動位置調整ネジを示す斜視図、(b)本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態のナットを示す斜視図。(A) The perspective view which shows the movement position adjustment screw of 1st embodiment of the hinge concerning this invention, (b) The perspective view which shows the nut of 1st embodiment of the hinge concerning this invention. (a)当接部材が前下方に移動したときの本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態のカム部材を示す右側面断面図、(b)当接部材が後上方に移動したときの本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態のカム部材を示す右側面断面図。(A) Right side sectional view showing the cam member of the first embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention when the contact member is moved forward and downward, (b) The present invention when the contact member is moved rearward and upward The right side sectional view showing the cam member of the first embodiment of the hinge concerning. 閉じているときの本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing the first embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention when it is closed. メンテナンスを行うときの本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing the first embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention when performing maintenance. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態を示す右側面図。The right view which shows 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing a second embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態の下部固定部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the lower fixing member of 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態のカム部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the cam member of 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. (a)本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態の一対のアーム部材、アーム軸部材、および当接部材を示す斜視図、(b)本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態のアーム角度調整ピンを示す斜視図。(A) A perspective view showing a pair of arm members, an arm shaft member, and a contact member of a second embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention, (b) an arm angle adjustment pin of the second embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention. FIG. (a)当接部材が前下方に移動したときの本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態のカム部材を示す右側面断面図、(b)当接部材が後上方に移動したときの本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態のカム部材を示す右側面断面図。(A) Right side sectional view showing the cam member of the second embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention when the contact member moves forward and downward, (b) The present invention when the contact member moves rearward and upward Sectional drawing on the right side which shows the cam member of 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on. 閉じているときの本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing a second embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention when it is closed. メンテナンスを行うときの本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing a second embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention when performing maintenance. 本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態における下部固定部材の別実施形態を示す右側面断面図。Sectional drawing on the right side which shows another embodiment of the lower fixing member in 2nd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態を示す右側面図。The right view which shows 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing a third embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態の下部固定部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the lower fixing member of 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態のカム部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the cam member of 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態および第四実施形態の当接部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the contact member of 3rd embodiment and 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. (a)本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態および第四実施形態の当接部材を示す正面図、(b)本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態および第四実施形態の当接部材を示す右側面図。(A) The front view which shows the contact member of 3rd embodiment and 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention, (b) The contact member of 3rd embodiment and 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention The right view shown. 本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態の嵌合部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the fitting member of 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. (a)本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態の左側の嵌合部材を示す正面図、(b)本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態の左側の嵌合部材を示す右側面図。(A) The front view which shows the left fitting member of 3rd embodiment of the hinge concerning this invention, (b) The right view which shows the left fitting member of 3rd embodiment of the hinge concerning this invention. (a)当接部材が前下方に移動したときの本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態のカム部材を示す右側面断面図、(b)当接部材が前上方に移動したときの本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態のカム部材を示す右側面断面図。(A) Right side sectional view showing the cam member of the third embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention when the contact member is moved forward and downward, (b) The present invention when the contact member is moved forward and upward Sectional drawing on the right side which shows the cam member of 3rd embodiment of the hinge which concerns on. 閉じているときの本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing a third embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention when closed. メンテナンスを行うときの本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing a third embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention when performing maintenance. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態を示す右側面図。The right view which shows 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態を示す右側面断面図。The right side sectional view showing a fourth embodiment of the hinge concerning the present invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態の下部固定部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the lower fixing member of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態のカム部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the cam member of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態の軸支部材を示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the pivotal support member of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. (a)本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態の軸支部材を示す正面図、(b)本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態の軸支部材を示す右側面図。(A) The front view which shows the pivotal support member of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention, (b) The right view which shows the pivotal support member of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態のウォームホイールを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the worm wheel of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. (a)本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態のウォームホイールを示す正面図、(b)本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態のウォームホイールを示す左側面図。(A) The front view which shows the worm wheel of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention, (b) The left view which shows the worm wheel of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態のウォームを示す斜視図。The perspective view which shows the worm | warm of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns on this invention. (a)当接部材が前下方に移動したときの本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態のカム部材を示す右側面図、(b)当接部材が前上方に移動したときの本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態のカム部材を示す右側面図。(A) Right side view showing the cam member of the fourth embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention when the contact member moves forward and downward, (b) The present invention when the contact member moves forward and upward The right view which shows the cam member of 4th embodiment of the hinge which concerns. 閉じているときの本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態を示す右側面断面図。Sectional drawing on the right side showing a fourth embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention when closed. メンテナンスを行うときの本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態を示す右側面断面図。Sectional drawing on the right side showing a fourth embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention when performing maintenance.

以下では図1を用いて事務機器の実施の一形態である複合機1について説明する。
複合機1は本体2および原稿圧着板3を具備する。
また、複合機1はヒンジ100、ヒンジ200、ヒンジ300、ヒンジ400のうちのいずれかを具備する。
Hereinafter, a multifunction machine 1 that is an embodiment of an office machine will be described with reference to FIG.
The multi-function device 1 includes a main body 2 and an original cover 3.
The multifunction device 1 includes any one of the hinge 100, the hinge 200, the hinge 300, and the hinge 400.

本体2は本発明に係る第一連結対象物の実施の一形態である。
本体2は原稿読み取り装置、制御装置、印刷装置、表示装置および入力装置を具備する。
原稿読み取り装置は本体2の上面に配置される。原稿読み取り装置は本体2の上面に載置された原稿を読み取る(原稿の画像情報を生成する)。
制御装置は複合機1の各部の動作、より詳細には原稿読み取り装置、後述する印刷装置および後述するADFの動作を制御する。
また、制御装置は原稿読み取り装置が生成した画像情報および本体2に接続された回線(インターネット回線等)を通じて取得した画像情報を記憶することが可能である。
印刷装置は原稿読み取り装置の下方に配置される。印刷装置は制御装置が記憶した画像情報に基づいて所定の用紙に画像を印刷する。
表示装置は例えば液晶パネルからなり、複合機1の動作状況等に係る情報を表示する。
入力装置は例えばボタン、スイッチ等からなり、作業者が複合機1に対する指示等を入力する際に操作する。表示装置および入力装置は本体2の上面前部に配置される。
The main body 2 is an embodiment of the first connection object according to the present invention.
The main body 2 includes a document reading device, a control device, a printing device, a display device, and an input device.
The document reading device is disposed on the upper surface of the main body 2. The document reading device reads a document placed on the upper surface of the main body 2 (generates image information of the document).
The control device controls the operation of each unit of the multi-function device 1, more specifically, the operation of the document reading device, the printing device described later, and the ADF described later.
Further, the control device can store the image information generated by the document reading device and the image information acquired through a line (Internet line or the like) connected to the main body 2.
The printing apparatus is disposed below the document reading apparatus. The printing device prints an image on a predetermined sheet based on the image information stored by the control device.
The display device is composed of a liquid crystal panel, for example, and displays information related to the operation status of the multifunction device 1.
The input device includes, for example, a button, a switch, and the like, and is operated when an operator inputs an instruction or the like to the multifunction machine 1. The display device and the input device are disposed on the front surface of the main body 2.

原稿圧着板3は本発明に係る第二連結対象物の実施の一形態である。
原稿圧着板3は原稿読み取り装置の上に載置された原稿を原稿読み取り装置に向かって押さえつける(圧着する)ことにより、原稿読み取り装置が原稿を読み取る際に原稿が動く(原稿読み取り装置との相対的な位置が変化する)ことを防止する。
原稿圧着板3は読取前原稿収容トレイ、ADF(Auto Document Feeder)および読取後原稿収容トレイを具備する。
ADFは読取前原稿収容トレイに積層状態で収容された複数枚の原稿を一枚ずつ順に取り出して原稿読み取り装置の上の所定の読取位置に載置する。原稿読み取り装置による原稿の読み取りが終了した後、ADFは読取位置に載置された原稿を読取後原稿収容トレイに搬送する。
The original cover 3 is an embodiment of the second connection object according to the present invention.
The document crimping plate 3 presses (crimps) the document placed on the document reading device toward the document reading device, so that the document moves when the document reading device reads the document (relative to the document reading device). Change of the general position).
The document pressing plate 3 includes a document storage tray before reading, an ADF (Auto Document Feeder), and a document storage tray after reading.
The ADF sequentially takes out a plurality of documents stored in a stacked state in a document storage tray before reading one by one and places them on a predetermined reading position on the document reading device. After the reading of the original by the original reading device is completed, the ADF conveys the original placed on the reading position to the original receiving tray after reading.

「事務機器」は、少なくとも原稿を読み取る(原稿の画像情報を取得する)機能を具備する装置を指す。
事務機器の具体例としては、(a)原稿を読み取る機能および読み取った原稿に係る画像情報を他の機器(例えば、パーソナルコンピュータ)に送信する機能を具備するスキャナー、(b)原稿を読み取る機能、読み取った原稿に係る画像情報を通信回線を介して他の機器に送信する機能および他の機器から取得した画像情報をプリントアウトする機能を具備するファクス、(c)原稿を読み取る機能および読み取った原稿に係る画像情報をプリントアウトする機能を具備するコピー機、(d)上記スキャナー、ファクス、およびコピー機としての機能を兼ねる複合機、等が挙げられる。
“Office equipment” refers to an apparatus having at least a function of reading a document (acquiring image information of the document).
Specific examples of office equipment include: (a) a scanner having a function of reading a document and a function of transmitting image information relating to the read document to another device (for example, a personal computer); (b) a function of reading a document; A fax machine having a function of transmitting image information related to a read document to another device via a communication line and a function of printing out image information acquired from the other device; (c) a function of reading the document and the read document A copying machine having a function of printing out image information according to the above, and (d) a multifunction machine that also functions as a scanner, a fax machine, and a copying machine.

以下で詳述するヒンジ100、ヒンジ200、ヒンジ300およびヒンジ400はいずれも複合機1の本体2に原稿圧着板3を開閉可能(回動可能)に連結する用途に用いられるが、本発明に係るヒンジの用途はこれに限定されない。
すなわち、本発明に係るヒンジは、「二つの部材のうちの一方の部材(第一連結対象物)に他方の部材(第二連結対象物)を開閉可能に連結する用途」に広く適用可能である。
本発明に係るヒンジが適用される他の用途の具体例としては、事務機器の本体にトナーカートリッジを交換するためのハッチ(蓋)を開閉可能に連結する用途、自動車の車体にボンネットを開閉可能に連結する用途、便器に便座を開閉可能に連結する用途、等が挙げられる。
The hinge 100, the hinge 200, the hinge 300, and the hinge 400, which will be described in detail below, are all used for connecting the document crimping plate 3 to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 so as to be openable and closable (rotatable). The use of such a hinge is not limited to this.
That is, the hinge according to the present invention can be widely applied to “use of connecting one member (first connection object) of the two members to the other member (second connection object) so as to be opened and closed”. is there.
Specific examples of other applications to which the hinge according to the present invention is applied include applications in which a hatch (lid) for exchanging a toner cartridge is connected to the main body of an office device so as to be openable and closable, and a hood can be opened and closed in a car body. Use for connecting to the toilet, use for connecting the toilet seat to the toilet bowl so as to be opened and closed, and the like.

以下の説明では、原稿圧着板3が閉じているとき(原稿圧着板3の下面が本体2の上面に当接しているとき)の原稿圧着板3の回動角度θ(より厳密には、本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θ)を「0°」とし、原稿圧着板3が開く方向に回動した場合に回動角度θが増加する(回動角度θが正になる)ように原稿圧着板3の回動角度θを定義する(図1および図15参照)。   In the following description, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 when the original cover 3 is closed (when the lower surface of the original cover 3 is in contact with the upper surface of the main body 2) (more precisely, the main body When the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to 2 is set to “0 °” and the original cover 3 is rotated in the opening direction, the rotation angle θ increases (the rotation angle θ becomes positive). The rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 is defined as follows (see FIGS. 1 and 15).

以下では、図1から図16を用いて本発明に係るヒンジの第一実施形態であるヒンジ100について説明する。
図1に示す如く、ヒンジ100は複合機1の本体2に原稿圧着板3を回動可能に連結する。
図2から図4、および図10に示す如く、ヒンジ100は下部固定部材110、中間部材20、第一回動ピン71、一対の軸受け74・74、上部固定部材30、第二回動ピン72、受圧ピン73、第一スライダ40、第二スライダ50、一対のバネ60・60およびカム部材180を具備する。
以下では便宜上、原稿圧着板3が本体2に対して閉じているとき(回動角度θ=0°のとき)の複合機1の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向を基準として(原稿圧着板3が本体2に対して閉じているときの複合機1の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向をそれぞれヒンジ100の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向に対応させて)ヒンジ100を構成する各部材の形状を説明する。
Below, the hinge 100 which is 1st embodiment of the hinge based on this invention is demonstrated using FIGS. 1-16.
As shown in FIG. 1, the hinge 100 connects the original cover 3 to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 so as to be rotatable.
As shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 and 10, the hinge 100 includes a lower fixing member 110, an intermediate member 20, a first rotation pin 71, a pair of bearings 74 and 74, an upper fixing member 30, and a second rotation pin 72. , A pressure receiving pin 73, a first slider 40, a second slider 50, a pair of springs 60 and 60, and a cam member 180.
In the following, for the sake of convenience, when the original cover 3 is closed with respect to the main body 2 (when the rotation angle θ = 0 °), the vertical direction, the front / rear direction, and the left / right direction of the multifunction machine 1 are used as references (the original cover 3 The shape of each member constituting the hinge 100 is such that the vertical direction, the front-rear direction, and the left-right direction of the multifunction machine 1 when the is closed with respect to the main body 2 correspond to the vertical direction, front-rear direction, and left-right direction of the hinge 100, respectively. Will be explained.

図5に示す下部固定部材110は本発明に係る第一ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。
本実施形態の下部固定部材110は一枚の金属板を適宜折り曲げることにより成形される。
下部固定部材110は底板111、左側板112L、右側板112Rおよび背板116を具備する。
A lower fixing member 110 shown in FIG. 5 is an embodiment of the first wing member according to the present invention.
The lower fixing member 110 of the present embodiment is formed by appropriately bending a single metal plate.
The lower fixing member 110 includes a bottom plate 111, a left side plate 112L, a right side plate 112R, and a back plate 116.

底板111は下部固定部材110の下部を成す板状の部材である。底板111は上下一対の板面を有する。底板111の形状は平面視で前後方向にやや長い概ね長方形である。   The bottom plate 111 is a plate-like member that forms the lower part of the lower fixing member 110. The bottom plate 111 has a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces. The shape of the bottom plate 111 is a generally rectangular shape that is slightly long in the front-rear direction in plan view.

底板111の前端部かつ左右中央部となる部分には貫通孔111aが形成される。貫通孔111aは底板111の上下一対の板面を貫通する。   A through-hole 111a is formed in the front end portion of the bottom plate 111 and at the left and right central portions. The through hole 111 a passes through a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces of the bottom plate 111.

底板111の後半部かつ左半部となる部分には係合孔111bが形成される。係合孔111bは底板111の上下一対の板面を貫通する。係合孔111bは第一の貫通孔と当該第一の貫通孔よりも直径が小さい第二の貫通孔とが前後に連なった形状を有する。   An engagement hole 111b is formed in the bottom half 111 of the bottom plate and the left half. The engagement hole 111 b penetrates a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces of the bottom plate 111. The engagement hole 111b has a shape in which a first through hole and a second through hole having a smaller diameter than the first through hole are connected in the front-rear direction.

本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2の上面後部から上方に突出した係合突起(不図示)を係合孔111bに係合し、ネジ(不図示)を貫通孔111aに貫装し、当該ネジを本体2の上面後部に形成されたネジ孔に螺装することにより、底板111、ひいては下部固定部材110が本体2に固定される(図1参照)。   In the present embodiment, an engagement protrusion (not shown) protruding upward from the rear upper surface of the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is engaged with the engagement hole 111b, and a screw (not shown) is inserted into the through hole 111a. By screwing the screw into a screw hole formed in the upper rear portion of the main body 2, the bottom plate 111 and thus the lower fixing member 110 are fixed to the main body 2 (see FIG. 1).

左側板112Lは下部固定部材110の左側部を成す板状の部材である。左側板112Lは左右一対の板面を有する。左側板112Lは側面視で概ね前下がりの階段の如き形状を有する。左側板112Lの下端部は底板111の左端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板111および左側板112Lが形成される)。   The left side plate 112 </ b> L is a plate-like member that forms the left side portion of the lower fixing member 110. The left side plate 112L has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The left side plate 112L has a shape like a staircase that is generally forwardly lowered in a side view. The lower end portion of the left side plate 112L is connected to the left end portion of the bottom plate 111 (the bottom plate 111 and the left side plate 112L are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

左側板112Lの後上端部には貫通孔113Lが形成される。貫通孔113Lは左側板112Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 113L is formed at the rear upper end of the left side plate 112L. The through hole 113L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 112L.

左側板112Lにおいて貫通孔113Lの前下方となる部分には第一長孔114Lが形成される。第一長孔114Lは左側板112Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。第一長孔114Lは側面視で後上方から前下方に延びた形状を有する(第一長孔114Lの長手方向は後上方から前下方へ向かう方向となる)。   A first elongated hole 114L is formed in a portion of the left side plate 112L that is in front of and below the through hole 113L. The first long hole 114L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 112L. The first long hole 114L has a shape extending from the rear upper side to the front lower side in a side view (the longitudinal direction of the first long hole 114L is a direction from the rear upper side to the front lower side).

左側板112Lにおいて貫通孔113Lの後下方となる部分には貫通孔115Lが形成される。貫通孔115Lは左側板112Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。貫通孔115Lの形状は側面視で上下方向に細長い長方形である。   A through hole 115L is formed in a portion of the left side plate 112L that is located below the through hole 113L. The through hole 115L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 112L. The shape of the through hole 115L is a rectangular shape that is elongated in the vertical direction in a side view.

右側板112Rは下部固定部材110の右側部を成す板状の部材である。右側板112Rは左右一対の板面を有する。右側板112Rは側面視で概ね前下がりの階段の如き形状を有する。右側板112Rの下端部は底板111の右端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板111および右側板112Rが形成される)。   The right side plate 112 </ b> R is a plate-like member that forms the right side portion of the lower fixing member 110. The right side plate 112R has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The right side plate 112R has a shape like a staircase that is generally forwardly lowered in a side view. The lower end portion of the right side plate 112R is connected to the right end portion of the bottom plate 111 (the bottom plate 111 and the right side plate 112R are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

右側板112Rの後上端部には貫通孔113Rが形成される。貫通孔113Rは右側板112Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 113R is formed at the rear upper end of the right side plate 112R. The through hole 113R passes through the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 112R.

右側板112Rにおいて貫通孔113Rの前下方となる部分には第一長孔114Rが形成される。第一長孔114Rは右側板112Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。第一長孔114Rは後上方から前下方に延びた形状を有する(第一長孔114Rの長手方向は後上方から前下方へ向かう方向となる)。   A first long hole 114R is formed in a portion of the right side plate 112R that is in front of and below the through hole 113R. The first long hole 114R passes through a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 112R. The first long hole 114R has a shape extending from the rear upper side to the front lower side (the longitudinal direction of the first long hole 114R is the direction from the rear upper side to the front lower side).

第一長孔114Rの長手方向は第一長孔114Lの長手方向に対して平行である。
また、第一長孔114Lおよび第一長孔114Rは側面視で一致する(重なる)。
The longitudinal direction of the first elongated hole 114R is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the first elongated hole 114L.
Further, the first long hole 114L and the first long hole 114R coincide (overlap) in a side view.

右側板112Rにおいて貫通孔113Rの後下方となる部分には貫通孔115Rが形成される。貫通孔115Rは右側板112Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。貫通孔115Rの形状は側面視で上下方向に細長い長方形である。   A through hole 115R is formed in a portion of the right side plate 112R that is located below the through hole 113R. The through hole 115R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 112R. The shape of the through-hole 115R is a rectangular shape that is elongated in the vertical direction in a side view.

背板116は下部固定部材110の後部を成す板状の部材である。背板116は前後一対の板面を有する。背板116の形状は正面視で左右方向にやや長い概ね長方形である。
背板116の下端部は底板111の後端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板111および背板116が形成される)。
The back plate 116 is a plate-like member that forms the rear portion of the lower fixing member 110. The back plate 116 has a pair of front and rear plate surfaces. The shape of the back plate 116 is a generally rectangular shape that is slightly long in the left-right direction when viewed from the front.
The lower end of the back plate 116 is connected to the rear end of the bottom plate 111 (the bottom plate 111 and the back plate 116 are formed by bending a single metal plate at a right angle).

背板116の左端部には左側方に突出する突起部117Lが形成され、背板116の右端部には右側方に突出する突起部117Rが形成される。
突起部117Lが貫通孔115Lに貫装されるとともに突起部117Rが貫通孔115Rに貫装されることにより、下部固定部材110は強固な構造体を成す。
A protrusion 117L that protrudes to the left is formed at the left end of the back plate 116, and a protrusion 117R that protrudes to the right is formed at the right end of the back plate 116.
The lower fixing member 110 forms a strong structure by the protrusion 117L being inserted into the through hole 115L and the protrusion 117R being inserted into the through hole 115R.

背板116の上下略中央部かつ左右略中央部となる部分には、貫通孔118が形成される。貫通孔118は背板116の前後一対の板面を貫通する。   A through-hole 118 is formed in a portion of the back plate 116 which is a substantially vertical center portion and a left and right substantially central portion. The through hole 118 passes through a pair of front and rear plate surfaces of the back plate 116.

図6に示す中間部材20は天板21、左側板22L、右側板22R、左鍔板27L、右鍔板27Rおよび後鍔板28を具備する。
本実施形態の中間部材20は一枚の金属板を適宜折り曲げることにより成形される。
The intermediate member 20 shown in FIG. 6 includes a top plate 21, a left side plate 22L, a right side plate 22R, a left side plate 27L, a right side plate 27R, and a rear side plate 28.
The intermediate member 20 of the present embodiment is formed by appropriately bending a single metal plate.

天板21は中間部材20の上部を成す板状の部材である。天板21は上下一対の板面を有する。天板21の形状は前後方向にやや長い概ね長方形である。   The top plate 21 is a plate-like member that forms the upper part of the intermediate member 20. The top plate 21 has a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces. The shape of the top plate 21 is a generally rectangular shape that is slightly long in the front-rear direction.

左側板22Lは中間部材20の左側部を成す板状の部材である。左側板22Lは左右一対の板面を有する。左側板22Lの形状は前後方向にやや長い概ね長方形である。左側板22Lの上端部は天板21の左端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、天板21および左側板22Lが形成される)。   The left side plate 22L is a plate-like member that forms the left side portion of the intermediate member 20. The left side plate 22L has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The shape of the left side plate 22L is a generally rectangular shape that is slightly long in the front-rear direction. The upper end portion of the left side plate 22L is connected to the left end portion of the top plate 21 (the top plate 21 and the left side plate 22L are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

左側板22Lの後端部(一端部)かつ上端部となる部分には貫通孔23Lが形成される。貫通孔23Lは左側板22Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
左側板22Lの前端部(他端部)かつ上端部となる部分には貫通孔24Lが形成される。貫通孔24Lは左側板22Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
左側板22Lの後半部かつ貫通孔23Lの前方となる部分には突起25Lが形成される。突起25Lは側面視で左右方向に長い長方形状の突起であり、左側板22Lの上端部から上方に(天板21の上方に)突出する。
左側板22Lの前端部(他端部)かつ貫通孔24Lの下方となる部分には切り欠き26Lが形成される。切り欠き26Lは後述する受圧ピン73が左側板22Lに干渉することを防止する。
A through hole 23L is formed in the rear end portion (one end portion) and the upper end portion of the left side plate 22L. The through hole 23L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 22L.
A through hole 24L is formed in the front end portion (the other end portion) and the upper end portion of the left side plate 22L. The through hole 24L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 22L.
A protrusion 25L is formed on the rear half of the left side plate 22L and the front portion of the through hole 23L. The protrusion 25L is a rectangular protrusion that is long in the left-right direction when viewed from the side, and protrudes upward (above the top plate 21) from the upper end of the left side plate 22L.
A notch 26L is formed in the front end portion (the other end portion) of the left side plate 22L and a portion below the through hole 24L. The notch 26L prevents a pressure receiving pin 73 described later from interfering with the left side plate 22L.

右側板22Rは中間部材20の右側部を成す板状の部材である。右側板22Rは左右一対の板面を有する。右側板22Rの形状は前後方向にやや長い概ね長方形である。右側板22Rの上端部は天板21の右端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、天板21および右側板22Rが形成される)。   The right side plate 22R is a plate-like member that forms the right side portion of the intermediate member 20. The right side plate 22R has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The shape of the right side plate 22R is a generally rectangular shape that is slightly long in the front-rear direction. The upper end portion of the right side plate 22R is connected to the right end portion of the top plate 21 (the top plate 21 and the right side plate 22R are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

右側板22Rの後端部(一端部)かつ上端部となる部分には貫通孔23Rが形成される。貫通孔23Rは右側板22Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
右側板22Rの前端部(他端部)かつ上端部となる部分には貫通孔24Rが形成される。貫通孔24Rは右側板22Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
右側板22Rの後半部かつ貫通孔23Rの前方となる部分には突起25Rが形成される。突起25Rは側面視で左右方向に長い長方形状の突起であり、右側板22Rの上端部から上方に(天板21の上方に)突出する。
右側板22Rの前端部(他端部)かつ貫通孔24Rの下方となる部分には切り欠き26Rが形成される。切り欠き26Rは後述する受圧ピン73が右側板22Rに干渉することを防止する。
A through-hole 23R is formed in the rear end portion (one end portion) and the upper end portion of the right side plate 22R. The through hole 23R penetrates the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 22R.
A through hole 24R is formed in the front end portion (other end portion) and the upper end portion of the right side plate 22R. The through hole 24R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 22R.
A protrusion 25R is formed in the rear half of the right side plate 22R and the front portion of the through hole 23R. The protrusion 25R is a rectangular protrusion that is long in the left-right direction when viewed from the side, and protrudes upward (above the top plate 21) from the upper end of the right side plate 22R.
A notch 26R is formed in the front end portion (the other end portion) of the right side plate 22R and a portion below the through hole 24R. The notch 26R prevents a pressure receiving pin 73 described later from interfering with the right side plate 22R.

左鍔板27Lは上下一対の板面を有するとともに前後方向に細長い板状の部材である。
左鍔板27Lの左端部は左側板22Lの下端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、左側板22Lおよび左鍔板27Lが形成される)。
The left side plate 27L is a plate-like member that has a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces and is elongated in the front-rear direction.
The left end portion of the left side plate 27L is connected to the lower end portion of the left side plate 22L (the left side plate 22L and the left side plate 27L are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

右鍔板27Rは上下一対の板面を有するとともに前後方向に細長い板状の部材である。
右鍔板27Rの右端部は右側板22Rの下端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、右側板22Rおよび右鍔板27Rが形成される)。
左鍔板27Lの右端面および右鍔板27Rの左端面は間隔を空けて対向する。
The starboard plate 27R is a plate-like member that has a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces and is elongated in the front-rear direction.
The right end portion of the right side plate 27R is connected to the lower end portion of the right side plate 22R (the right side plate 22R and the right side plate 27R are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).
The right end surface of the left side plate 27L and the left end surface of the right side plate 27R are opposed to each other with a space therebetween.

後鍔板28は前後一対の板面を有するとともに左右に細長い板状の部材である。
後鍔板28の下端部は天板21の後端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、天板21および後鍔板28が形成される)。
The rear plate 28 is a plate-like member that has a pair of front and rear plate surfaces and is elongated to the left and right.
The lower end portion of the rear plate 28 is connected to the rear end portion of the top plate 21 (the top plate 21 and the rear plate 28 are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

図2から図4、および図10に示す第一回動ピン71は本発明に係る「第一ウイング部材に対する第二ウイング部材の回動軸(第二ウイング部材を第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結する回動軸)」の実施の一形態であり、本発明に係るスライド規制部材の実施の一形態を兼ねる。
第一回動ピン71は一対の端面および外周面を有する概ね円柱形状の部材である。
第一回動ピン71の外周面の両端部(一対の端面の近傍となる部分)には、第一回動ピン71の周方向に沿ってリング状の溝が形成される。
2 to FIG. 4 and FIG. 10 are related to the first pivot pin 71 according to the present invention “the pivot axis of the second wing member relative to the first wing member (the second wing member can be pivoted to the first wing member). And a slide restricting member according to an embodiment of the present invention.
The first rotation pin 71 is a substantially cylindrical member having a pair of end surfaces and an outer peripheral surface.
A ring-shaped groove is formed along the circumferential direction of the first rotation pin 71 at both ends of the outer peripheral surface of the first rotation pin 71 (portions in the vicinity of the pair of end surfaces).

図4および図10に示す一対の軸受け74・74は概ねリング状(薄い円筒形状)の部材であり、第一回動ピン71を下部固定部材110に回転可能に軸支する。
一対の軸受け74・74はそれぞれ下部固定部材110の左側板112Lに形成された貫通孔113Lおよび右側板112Rに形成された貫通孔113Rに嵌装される。
本実施形態の軸受け74・74は樹脂材料からなるが、これを金属材料からなるボールベアリングに置換しても良い。
A pair of bearings 74 and 74 shown in FIGS. 4 and 10 are substantially ring-shaped (thin cylindrical) members, and rotatably support the first rotation pin 71 on the lower fixing member 110.
The pair of bearings 74 and 74 are fitted into a through hole 113L formed in the left side plate 112L of the lower fixing member 110 and a through hole 113R formed in the right side plate 112R, respectively.
The bearings 74 and 74 of the present embodiment are made of a resin material, but may be replaced with a ball bearing made of a metal material.

図2から図5、および図10に示す如く、第一回動ピン71は、左から右に向かって中間部材20の左側板22Lに形成された貫通孔23L、下部固定部材110の左側板112Lに形成された貫通孔113Lに嵌装された軸受け74の貫通孔、下部固定部材110の右側板112Rに形成された貫通孔113Rに嵌装された軸受け74の貫通孔、および中間部材20の右側板22Rに形成された貫通孔23Rの順に貫装される。
その結果、中間部材20は第一回動ピン71を介して下部固定部材110に回動可能に連結される。
なお、図示せぬEリングが第一回動ピン71の外周面の両端部に形成されたリング状の溝に嵌装されることにより、第一回動ピン71は中間部材20および下部固定部材110から脱落しない。
As shown in FIGS. 2 to 5 and 10, the first rotation pin 71 includes a through hole 23 </ b> L formed in the left side plate 22 </ b> L of the intermediate member 20 from the left to the right, and a left side plate 112 </ b> L of the lower fixing member 110. The through hole of the bearing 74 fitted in the through hole 113L formed in the through hole, the through hole of the bearing 74 fitted in the through hole 113R formed in the right side plate 112R of the lower fixing member 110, and the right side of the intermediate member 20 The through holes 23R formed in the plate 22R are sequentially inserted.
As a result, the intermediate member 20 is rotatably connected to the lower fixing member 110 via the first rotation pin 71.
Note that the E-ring (not shown) is fitted into ring-shaped grooves formed at both ends of the outer peripheral surface of the first rotation pin 71, so that the first rotation pin 71 is connected to the intermediate member 20 and the lower fixing member. Does not drop out of 110.

本実施形態では、第一回動ピン71の右端部には第一回動ピン71の軸線方向に平行な平面である「ピン側係合面」が形成され、かつ、中間部材20の右側板22Rに形成された貫通孔23Rには「中間部材側係合面」が形成される。
その結果、第一回動ピン71を貫通孔23Rに貫装したときには「ピン側係合面」が「中間部材側係合面」に係合し、第一回動ピン71は中間部材20に対して相対回転することができない。
従って、中間部材20が下部固定部材110に対して回動するとき、第一回動ピン71は中間部材20と一体的に回動する。
In the present embodiment, a “pin-side engagement surface” that is a plane parallel to the axial direction of the first rotation pin 71 is formed at the right end portion of the first rotation pin 71, and the right side plate of the intermediate member 20. An “intermediate member side engagement surface” is formed in the through hole 23R formed in the 22R.
As a result, when the first rotation pin 71 is inserted into the through hole 23R, the “pin side engagement surface” is engaged with the “intermediate member side engagement surface”, and the first rotation pin 71 is engaged with the intermediate member 20. It cannot rotate relative to it.
Therefore, when the intermediate member 20 rotates with respect to the lower fixing member 110, the first rotation pin 71 rotates integrally with the intermediate member 20.

図7に示す上部固定部材30は天板31、左側板32L、右側板32Rおよび後鍔板35を具備する。
本実施形態の上部固定部材30は一枚の金属板を適宜折り曲げることにより成形される。
The upper fixing member 30 shown in FIG. 7 includes a top plate 31, a left side plate 32L, a right side plate 32R, and a back plate 35.
The upper fixing member 30 of the present embodiment is formed by appropriately bending a single metal plate.

天板31は上部固定部材30の上部を成す板状の部材である。天板31は上下一対の板面を有する。天板31の形状は前後方向にやや長い概ね長方形である。
天板31の左半部には貫通孔31a・31bが形成され、天板31の右半部には貫通孔31c・31dが形成される。貫通孔31a・31b・31c・31dは天板31は上下一対の板面を貫通する。
The top plate 31 is a plate-like member that forms the upper part of the upper fixing member 30. The top plate 31 has a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces. The shape of the top plate 31 is a generally rectangular shape that is slightly long in the front-rear direction.
Through holes 31 a and 31 b are formed in the left half of the top plate 31, and through holes 31 c and 31 d are formed in the right half of the top plate 31. In the through holes 31a, 31b, 31c, and 31d, the top plate 31 penetrates a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces.

左側板32Lは上部固定部材30の左側部を成す板状の部材である。左側板32Lは左右一対の板面を有する。左側板32Lの形状は概ね前後方向にやや長い長方形の後下部を斜めに切除した形状である。左側板32Lの上端部は天板31の左端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、天板31および左側板32Lが形成される)。   The left side plate 32 </ b> L is a plate-like member that forms the left side portion of the upper fixing member 30. The left side plate 32L has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The shape of the left side plate 32L is a shape obtained by obliquely cutting the rear lower part of a rectangle that is slightly long in the front-rear direction. The upper end portion of the left side plate 32L is connected to the left end portion of the top plate 31 (the top plate 31 and the left side plate 32L are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

左側板32Lの前端部(一端部)かつ上下略中央部となる部分には貫通孔33Lが形成される。貫通孔33Lは左側板32Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
左側板32Lの前端部(一端部)かつ貫通孔33Lの下方となる部分には貫通孔34Lが形成される。貫通孔34Lは左側板32Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
A through hole 33L is formed in the front end portion (one end portion) of the left side plate 32L and the portion that is substantially the center in the vertical direction. The through hole 33L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 32L.
A through hole 34L is formed at a front end portion (one end portion) of the left side plate 32L and a portion below the through hole 33L. The through hole 34L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 32L.

右側板32Rは上部固定部材30の右側部を成す板状の部材である。右側板32Rは左右一対の板面を有する。右側板32Rの形状は概ね前後方向にやや長い長方形の後下部を斜めに切除した形状である。右側板32Rの上端部は天板31の右端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、天板31および右側板32Rが形成される)。   The right side plate 32 </ b> R is a plate-like member that forms the right side portion of the upper fixing member 30. The right side plate 32R has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The shape of the right side plate 32R is a shape obtained by obliquely cutting the rear lower part of a rectangle that is slightly long in the front-rear direction. The upper end portion of the right side plate 32R is connected to the right end portion of the top plate 31 (the top plate 31 and the right side plate 32R are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

右側板32Rの前端部(一端部)かつ上下略中央部となる部分には貫通孔33Rが形成される。貫通孔33Rは右側板32Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
右側板32Rの前端部(一端部)かつ貫通孔33Rの下方となる部分には貫通孔34Rが形成される。貫通孔34Rは右側板32Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
A through hole 33R is formed in the front end portion (one end portion) of the right side plate 32R and the portion that is substantially the center in the vertical direction. The through hole 33R penetrates the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 32R.
A through hole 34R is formed in a front end portion (one end portion) of the right side plate 32R and a portion below the through hole 33R. The through hole 34R penetrates the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 32R.

後鍔板35は前後一対の板面を有するとともに左右に細長い板状の部材である。
後鍔板35の下端部は天板31の後端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、天板31および後鍔板35が形成される)。
The rear plate 35 is a plate-like member that has a pair of front and rear plate surfaces and is elongated to the left and right.
The lower end portion of the rear plate 35 is connected to the rear end portion of the top plate 31 (the top plate 31 and the rear plate 35 are formed by bending a single metal plate at a right angle).

本実施形態では、貫通孔31a・31b・31c・31dにそれぞれネジを貫装し、これらのネジを原稿圧着板3の下面後端部に形成されたネジ孔に螺装することにより、上部固定部材30が原稿圧着板3に固定される。   In this embodiment, screws are inserted into the through holes 31a, 31b, 31c, and 31d, respectively, and these screws are screwed into screw holes formed at the rear end of the lower surface of the original cover 3 to fix the upper portion. The member 30 is fixed to the original cover 3.

図2から図4に示す第二回動ピン72は上部固定部材30を中間部材20に回動可能に連結する回動軸を成す部材である。
第二回動ピン72は一対の端面および外周面を有する概ね円柱形状の部材である。
第二回動ピン72の外周面の両端部(一対の端面の近傍となる部分)には、第二回動ピン72の周方向に沿ってリング状の溝が形成される。
The second rotation pin 72 shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 is a member that forms a rotation shaft that rotatably connects the upper fixing member 30 to the intermediate member 20.
The second rotation pin 72 is a substantially cylindrical member having a pair of end surfaces and an outer peripheral surface.
Ring-shaped grooves are formed along the circumferential direction of the second rotation pin 72 at both ends of the outer peripheral surface of the second rotation pin 72 (portions in the vicinity of the pair of end surfaces).

図2、図3、図4、図6および図7に示す如く、第二回動ピン72は、左から右に向かって上部固定部材30の左側板32Lに形成された貫通孔33L、中間部材20の左側板22Lに形成された貫通孔24L、中間部材20の右側板22Rに形成された貫通孔24R、上部固定部材30の右側板32Rに形成された貫通孔33R、の順に貫装される。
その結果、上部固定部材30は第二回動ピン72を介して中間部材20に回動可能に連結される。
なお、図示せぬEリングが第二回動ピン72の外周面の両端部に形成されたリング状の溝に嵌装されることにより、第二回動ピン72は上部固定部材30および中間部材20から脱落しない。
2, 3, 4, 6, and 7, the second rotation pin 72 includes a through hole 33 </ b> L formed in the left side plate 32 </ b> L of the upper fixing member 30 from the left to the right, and an intermediate member. The through holes 24L formed in the left side plate 22L, the through holes 24R formed in the right side plate 22R of the intermediate member 20, and the through holes 33R formed in the right side plate 32R of the upper fixing member 30 are sequentially inserted. .
As a result, the upper fixing member 30 is rotatably connected to the intermediate member 20 via the second rotation pin 72.
Note that the E-ring (not shown) is fitted into ring-shaped grooves formed at both ends of the outer peripheral surface of the second rotation pin 72, whereby the second rotation pin 72 is connected to the upper fixing member 30 and the intermediate member. Does not fall off from 20.

図8に示す第一スライダ40は本発明に係るスライド部材の実施の一形態である。
第一スライダ40は後面の下半部を成すカム当接面41、後面の上半部を成す回動ピン支持面42、上面43、下面44、左面45、右面46および前面47を有する概ね直方体形状(塊状)の部材である。本実施形態の第一スライダ40は樹脂材料からなる。
第一スライダ40にはバネ受け穴48L・48Rが形成される。バネ受け穴48L・48Rはそれぞれ前面47の左半部および前面47の右半部に開口する穴である。バネ受け穴48L・48Rはいずれも内周面および底面を有する。
A first slider 40 shown in FIG. 8 is an embodiment of a slide member according to the present invention.
The first slider 40 is a substantially rectangular parallelepiped having a cam contact surface 41 that forms the lower half of the rear surface, a pivot pin support surface 42 that forms the upper half of the rear surface, an upper surface 43, a lower surface 44, a left surface 45, a right surface 46, and a front surface 47. It is a member of shape (lump shape). The first slider 40 of this embodiment is made of a resin material.
The first slider 40 is formed with spring receiving holes 48L and 48R. The spring receiving holes 48 </ b> L and 48 </ b> R are holes opened in the left half of the front surface 47 and the right half of the front surface 47, respectively. Each of the spring receiving holes 48L and 48R has an inner peripheral surface and a bottom surface.

図4、図6、図8、図15および図16に示す如く、第一スライダ40は中間部材20の内部(より詳細には、天板21の下側の板面、左側板22Lの右側の板面、右側板22Rの左側の板面、左鍔板27Lの上側の板面および右鍔板27Rの上側の板面により囲まれる空間)に収容される。
第一スライダ40が中間部材20の内部に収容されたとき、第一スライダ40の上面43は天板21の下側の板面に当接し、第一スライダ40の左面45は左側板22Lの右側の板面に当接し、右面46は右側板22Rの左側の板面に当接し、下面44の左端部は左鍔板27Lの上側の板面に当接し、下面44の右端部は右鍔板27Rの上側の板面に当接する。
従って、中間部材20の内部に収容された第一スライダ40は、中間部材20に対して前後方向(より詳細には、中間部材20の長手方向であって、後で詳述するカム部材180に接近する方向およびカム部材180から離間する方向)に移動(摺動)することは可能である。
また、中間部材20の内部に収容された第一スライダ40は、中間部材20に対して左右方向および上下方向(中間部材20の長手方向に垂直な方向)に移動すること、並びに中間部材20に対して相対回転することはできない。
このように、中間部材20の内部に収容された第一スライダ40は、中間部材20に支持されつつ(左鍔板27Lと右鍔板27Rとの隙間から脱落することなく)、中間部材20の長手方向に移動(摺動)することが可能である。
As shown in FIGS. 4, 6, 8, 15 and 16, the first slider 40 is disposed inside the intermediate member 20 (more specifically, the lower plate surface of the top plate 21, the right side of the left plate 22L). (The space surrounded by the plate surface, the left plate surface of the right plate 22R, the upper plate surface of the left side plate 27L, and the upper plate surface of the right side plate 27R).
When the first slider 40 is accommodated in the intermediate member 20, the upper surface 43 of the first slider 40 contacts the lower plate surface of the top plate 21, and the left surface 45 of the first slider 40 is the right side of the left plate 22L. The right surface 46 is in contact with the left plate surface of the right plate 22R, the left end portion of the lower surface 44 is in contact with the upper plate surface of the port plate 27L, and the right end portion of the lower surface 44 is the starboard plate. It contacts the upper plate surface of 27R.
Therefore, the first slider 40 accommodated in the intermediate member 20 is in the front-rear direction with respect to the intermediate member 20 (more specifically, the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20, and the cam member 180 described in detail later). It is possible to move (slide) in the approaching direction and the direction away from the cam member 180.
The first slider 40 accommodated in the intermediate member 20 moves in the left-right direction and the vertical direction (direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20) with respect to the intermediate member 20, and It cannot rotate relative to it.
As described above, the first slider 40 accommodated in the intermediate member 20 is supported by the intermediate member 20 (without dropping from the gap between the left side plate 27L and the right side plate 27R). It is possible to move (slide) in the longitudinal direction.

図9に示す第二スライダ50は胴体部51およびカバー部59を具備する部材である。
本実施形態の第二スライダ50は樹脂材料からなる。
胴体部51は前面を成す受圧ピン支持面52、上面53、下面54、左面55、右面56および後面57を有する概ね直方体形状(塊状)の部分である。
The second slider 50 shown in FIG. 9 is a member having a body portion 51 and a cover portion 59.
The second slider 50 of this embodiment is made of a resin material.
The body portion 51 is a substantially rectangular parallelepiped (lumped) portion having a pressure receiving pin support surface 52, an upper surface 53, a lower surface 54, a left surface 55, a right surface 56, and a rear surface 57 forming the front surface.

胴体部51にはバネ受け穴58L・58Rが形成される。バネ受け穴58L・58Rはそれぞれ後面57の左半部および後面57の右半部に開口する穴である。バネ受け穴58L・58Rはいずれも内周面および底面を有する。   Spring receiving holes 58L and 58R are formed in the body portion 51. The spring receiving holes 58L and 58R are holes opened in the left half of the rear surface 57 and the right half of the rear surface 57, respectively. Each of the spring receiving holes 58L and 58R has an inner peripheral surface and a bottom surface.

カバー部59は上下一対の板面を有する板状の部分である。本実施形態の胴体部51およびカバー部59は一体的に成形され、カバー部59の前端部は胴体部51の後端部かつ下端部となる部分に繋がっている。   The cover part 59 is a plate-like part having a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces. The body portion 51 and the cover portion 59 of the present embodiment are integrally formed, and the front end portion of the cover portion 59 is connected to the rear end portion and the lower end portion of the body portion 51.

図4、図6、図9、図15および図16に示す如く、第二スライダ50は中間部材20の内部であって第一スライダ40よりも前方となる位置(中間部材20の長手方向において第二回動ピン72寄りとなる位置)に収容される。
第二スライダ50が中間部材20の内部に収容されたとき、第二スライダ50の上面53は天板21の下側の板面に当接し、左面55は左側板22Lの右側の板面に当接し、右面56は右側板22Rの左側の板面に当接し、下面54の左端部は左鍔板27Lの上側の板面に当接し、下面54の右端部は右鍔板27Rの上側の板面に当接する。
従って、中間部材20の内部に収容された第二スライダ50は、中間部材20に対して前後方向(より詳細には、中間部材20の長手方向であって、後で詳述するカム部材180に接近する方向およびカム部材180から離間する方向)に移動(摺動)することは可能である。
また、中間部材20に対して左右方向および上下方向(中間部材20の長手方向に垂直な方向)に移動すること、並びに中間部材20に対して相対回転することはできない。
このように、中間部材20の内部に収容された第二スライダ50は、中間部材20に支持されつつ(左鍔板27Lと右鍔板27Rとの隙間から脱落することなく)、中間部材20の長手方向に移動(摺動)することが可能である。
As shown in FIGS. 4, 6, 9, 15, and 16, the second slider 50 is located inside the intermediate member 20 and in front of the first slider 40 (first in the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20). (Position close to the second turning pin 72).
When the second slider 50 is housed inside the intermediate member 20, the upper surface 53 of the second slider 50 abuts on the lower plate surface of the top plate 21, and the left surface 55 contacts the right plate surface of the left plate 22L. The right surface 56 is in contact with the left plate surface of the right side plate 22R, the left end portion of the lower surface 54 is in contact with the upper plate surface of the left side plate 27L, and the right end portion of the lower surface 54 is the upper plate of the right side plate 27R. Contact the surface.
Therefore, the second slider 50 accommodated in the intermediate member 20 is in the front-rear direction with respect to the intermediate member 20 (more specifically, the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20, and the cam member 180 described in detail later). It is possible to move (slide) in the approaching direction and the direction away from the cam member 180.
Further, it cannot move in the left-right direction and the up-down direction (direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20) with respect to the intermediate member 20 and cannot rotate relative to the intermediate member 20.
As described above, the second slider 50 accommodated in the intermediate member 20 is supported by the intermediate member 20 (without dropping from the gap between the left side plate 27L and the right side plate 27R), and It is possible to move (slide) in the longitudinal direction.

図2から図4に示す受圧ピン73は一対の端面および外周面を有する概ね円柱形状の部材である。
受圧ピン73の外周面の両端部(一対の端面の近傍となる部分)には、受圧ピン73の周方向に沿ってリング状の溝が形成される。
The pressure receiving pin 73 shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 is a substantially cylindrical member having a pair of end surfaces and an outer peripheral surface.
Ring-shaped grooves are formed along the circumferential direction of the pressure receiving pin 73 at both ends of the outer peripheral surface of the pressure receiving pin 73 (portions in the vicinity of the pair of end surfaces).

図2、図3、図4および図7に示す如く、受圧ピン73を上部固定部材30の左側板32Lに形成された貫通孔34Lおよび右側板32Rに形成された貫通孔33Rに貫装することにより、受圧ピン73は上部固定部材30に軸支される。
なお、図示せぬEリングが受圧ピン73の外周面の両端部に形成されたリング状の溝に嵌装されることにより、受圧ピン73は上部固定部材30から脱落しない。
As shown in FIGS. 2, 3, 4, and 7, the pressure receiving pin 73 is inserted into the through hole 34 </ b> L formed in the left side plate 32 </ b> L of the upper fixing member 30 and the through hole 33 </ b> R formed in the right side plate 32 </ b> R. Thus, the pressure receiving pin 73 is pivotally supported by the upper fixing member 30.
Note that the E-ring (not shown) is fitted into ring-shaped grooves formed at both ends of the outer peripheral surface of the pressure receiving pin 73, so that the pressure receiving pin 73 does not fall off the upper fixing member 30.

本実施形態では、「中間部材20、上部固定部材30、第二スライダ50、第二回動ピン72および受圧ピン73を合わせたもの」が本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態に相当する。
言い換えれば、本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態は、中間部材20、上部固定部材30、第二スライダ50、第二回動ピン72および受圧ピン73を具備する。
In the present embodiment, “a combination of the intermediate member 20, the upper fixing member 30, the second slider 50, the second rotation pin 72, and the pressure receiving pin 73” is an embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention. Equivalent to.
In other words, an embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention includes the intermediate member 20, the upper fixing member 30, the second slider 50, the second rotation pin 72, and the pressure receiving pin 73.

図2、図4および図10に示すカム部材180は本発明に係るカム部材の実施の一形態である。
図10に示す如く、本実施形態のカム部材180は当接部材181、一対の軸受け182・182、移動部材183、移動位置調整ネジ189およびナット190を具備する。
The cam member 180 shown in FIGS. 2, 4 and 10 is an embodiment of the cam member according to the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 10, the cam member 180 of this embodiment includes a contact member 181, a pair of bearings 182 and 182, a moving member 183, a moving position adjusting screw 189, and a nut 190.

図11に示す当接部材181は本発明に係る当接部材の実施の一形態である。
本実施形態の当接部材181は一対の端面および外周面を有する概ね円柱形状の部材である。
当接部材181の外周面の中途部は当接面181aを成す。当接部材181の外周面の両端部(第二回動ピン72の一対の端面の近傍となる部分)には、当接部材181の周方向に沿ってリング状の溝181b・181bが形成される。
A contact member 181 shown in FIG. 11 is an embodiment of the contact member according to the present invention.
The contact member 181 of the present embodiment is a generally cylindrical member having a pair of end surfaces and an outer peripheral surface.
A midway portion of the outer peripheral surface of the contact member 181 forms a contact surface 181a. Ring-shaped grooves 181b and 181b are formed along the circumferential direction of the contact member 181 at both ends of the outer peripheral surface of the contact member 181 (portions in the vicinity of the pair of end surfaces of the second rotation pin 72). The

図2、図4および図10に示す一対の軸受け182・182は当接部材181を下部固定部材110に回転可能に軸支するための部材である。
本実施形態の一対の軸受け182・182は樹脂材料からなる。一対の軸受け182・182の形状は概ねリング状(円筒形状)である。
A pair of bearings 182 and 182 shown in FIGS. 2, 4, and 10 are members for pivotally supporting the contact member 181 on the lower fixing member 110.
The pair of bearings 182 and 182 of the present embodiment are made of a resin material. The pair of bearings 182 and 182 has a generally ring shape (cylindrical shape).

図4、図5および図10に示す如く、一対の軸受け182・182はそれぞれ下部固定部材110の左側板112Lに形成された第一長孔114Lおよび右側板112Rに形成された第一長孔114Rに嵌装される。   As shown in FIGS. 4, 5, and 10, the pair of bearings 182 and 182 have a first elongated hole 114R formed in the left plate 112L and a first elongated hole 114R formed in the right plate 112R of the lower fixing member 110, respectively. Fitted.

第一長孔114L・114Rの幅(より厳密には、「第一長孔114L・114Rの長手方向に垂直な方向」における第一長孔114L・114Rの幅)は一対の軸受け182・182の外径(直径)よりもわずかに大きい。
また、一対の軸受け182・182の内径(一対の軸受け182・182にそれぞれ形成された貫通孔の直径)は当接部材181の外径(直径)よりもわずかに大きい。
従って、当接部材181の両端部をそれぞれ「第一長孔114Lに嵌装された軸受け182」および「第一長孔114Rに嵌装された軸受け182」に貫装したとき、「当接部材181および一対の軸受け182・182を合わせたもの」は、一対の軸受け182・182がそれぞれ第一長孔114L・114Rに嵌装された状態(ひいては、当接部材181の両端部が第一長孔114L・114Rに貫装された状態)を保持しつつ、第一長孔114L・114Rの長手方向に移動(摺動)することが可能である。
また、当接部材181は一対の軸受け182・182、ひいては下部固定部材110に対して当接部材181の軸線周りに相対的に回転することが可能である。
The width of the first long holes 114L and 114R (more precisely, the width of the first long holes 114L and 114R in the “direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the first long holes 114L and 114R”) is the width of the pair of bearings 182 and 182. It is slightly larger than the outer diameter (diameter).
Further, the inner diameters of the pair of bearings 182 and 182 (the diameters of the through holes formed in the pair of bearings 182 and 182) are slightly larger than the outer diameter (diameter) of the contact member 181.
Accordingly, when both end portions of the contact member 181 are inserted into the “bearing 182 fitted in the first elongated hole 114L” and the “bearing 182 fitted in the first elongated hole 114R”, respectively, 181 and the pair of bearings 182 and 182 ”is a state in which the pair of bearings 182 and 182 are fitted in the first long holes 114L and 114R (and both ends of the contact member 181 are first long). It is possible to move (slide) in the longitudinal direction of the first long holes 114L and 114R while holding the holes 114L and 114R.
Further, the contact member 181 can rotate relative to the pair of bearings 182 and 182, and consequently the lower fixing member 110, around the axis of the contact member 181.

当接部材181の両端部をそれぞれ「第一長孔114Lに嵌装された軸受け182」および「第一長孔114Rに嵌装された軸受け182」に貫装したとき、当接部材181の軸線方向は第一回動ピン71の軸線方向(本実施形態では、左右方向)に対して平行である。
また、「当接部材181および一対の軸受け182・182を合わせたもの」が第一長孔114L・114Rの長手方向に移動(摺動)するとき、当接部材181の軸線方向が第一回動ピン71の軸線方向に対して平行な状態が保持される。
When both ends of the abutting member 181 are inserted into the “bearing 182 fitted in the first elongated hole 114L” and the “bearing 182 fitted in the first elongated hole 114R”, respectively, the axis of the abutting member 181 The direction is parallel to the axial direction of the first rotation pin 71 (in this embodiment, the left-right direction).
Further, when the “abutting member 181 and the pair of bearings 182 and 182 are combined” moves (slids) in the longitudinal direction of the first elongated holes 114L and 114R, the axial direction of the abutting member 181 is changed to the first time. A state parallel to the axial direction of the moving pin 71 is maintained.

図12に示す移動部材183は本発明に係る移動部材の実施の一形態である。
移動部材183は背板184、左側板185L、右側板185R、底板187およびナット188を具備する。
本実施形態の移動部材183は、一枚の金属板を適宜折り曲げることにより背板184、左側板185L、右側板185Rおよび底板187を合わせたものに相当する部材を形成し、当該部材の所定の位置に溶接でナット188を固定することにより得られる。
A moving member 183 shown in FIG. 12 is an embodiment of the moving member according to the present invention.
The moving member 183 includes a back plate 184, a left side plate 185L, a right side plate 185R, a bottom plate 187, and a nut 188.
The moving member 183 of this embodiment forms a member corresponding to a combination of the back plate 184, the left side plate 185L, the right side plate 185R, and the bottom plate 187 by appropriately bending a single metal plate. It is obtained by fixing the nut 188 to the position by welding.

背板184は移動部材183の後部を成す板状の部材である。背板184は前後一対の板面を有する。背板184の形状は概ね左右方向にやや長い長方形である。
背板184の左右中央部かつ下半部となる部分には貫通孔184aが形成される(図4参照)。貫通孔184aは背板184の前後一対の板面を貫通する。
The back plate 184 is a plate-like member that forms the rear portion of the moving member 183. The back plate 184 has a pair of front and rear plate surfaces. The shape of the back plate 184 is a rectangle that is slightly long in the left-right direction.
A through-hole 184a is formed in the left and right central part and lower half part of the back plate 184 (see FIG. 4). The through hole 184 a penetrates a pair of front and rear plate surfaces of the back plate 184.

左側板185Lは移動部材183の左側部を成す板状の部材である。左側板185Lは左右一対の板面を有する。左側板185Lの形状は概ね上下方向にやや長い長方形であって前上端部および前下端部の隅が丸く切除された形状である。左側板185Lの後端部は背板184の左端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、背板184および左側板185Lが形成される)。   The left side plate 185L is a plate-like member that forms the left side portion of the moving member 183. The left side plate 185L has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The shape of the left side plate 185L is a rectangle that is slightly longer in the vertical direction, and has a shape in which the corners of the front upper end and the front lower end are cut out in a round shape. The rear end portion of the left side plate 185L is connected to the left end portion of the back plate 184 (the back plate 184 and the left side plate 185L are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

左側板185Lには第二長孔186Lが形成される。第二長孔186Lは左側板185Lの一対の板面を貫通する。第二長孔186Lは側面視で上下方向に延びた形状を有する(第二長孔186Lの長手方向は上下方向に対して平行となる)。   A second long hole 186L is formed in the left side plate 185L. The second long hole 186L penetrates the pair of plate surfaces of the left side plate 185L. The second long hole 186L has a shape extending in the vertical direction in a side view (the longitudinal direction of the second long hole 186L is parallel to the vertical direction).

右側板185Rは移動部材183の右側部を成す板状の部材である。右側板185Rは左右一対の板面を有する。右側板185Rの形状は概ね上下方向にやや長い長方形であって前上端部および前下端部の隅が丸く切除された形状である。右側板185Rの後端部は背板184の右端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、背板184および右側板185Rが形成される)。   The right side plate 185R is a plate-like member that forms the right side portion of the moving member 183. The right side plate 185R has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The shape of the right side plate 185R is a rectangle that is slightly longer in the vertical direction, and has a shape in which the corners of the front upper end and the front lower end are cut out in a round shape. The rear end portion of the right side plate 185R is connected to the right end portion of the back plate 184 (the back plate 184 and the right side plate 185R are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

右側板185Rには第二長孔186Rが形成される。第二長孔186Rは右側板185Rの一対の板面を貫通する。第二長孔186Rは側面視で上下方向に延びた形状を有する(第二長孔186Lの長手方向は上下方向に対して平行となる)。
第二長孔186Lおよび第一長孔186Rは側面視で一致する(重なる)。
A second long hole 186R is formed in the right side plate 185R. The second long hole 186R penetrates the pair of plate surfaces of the right side plate 185R. The second long hole 186R has a shape extending in the vertical direction in a side view (the longitudinal direction of the second long hole 186L is parallel to the vertical direction).
The second long hole 186L and the first long hole 186R coincide (overlap) in a side view.

底板187は移動部材183の下部を成す板状の部材である。底板187は上下一対の板面を有する。底板187の形状は概ね左右方向にやや長い長方形である。底板187の後端部は背板184の下端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、背板184および底板187が形成される)。   The bottom plate 187 is a plate-like member that forms the lower part of the moving member 183. The bottom plate 187 has a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces. The shape of the bottom plate 187 is a rectangle that is slightly longer in the left-right direction. The rear end portion of the bottom plate 187 is connected to the lower end portion of the back plate 184 (the back plate 184 and the bottom plate 187 are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

ナット188は一対の端面および六つの側面を有する概ね薄い六角柱状の部材である。ナット188には一対の端面を貫通する貫通孔が形成され、当該貫通孔の内周面には雌ネジが形成される。
ナット188は溶接により背板184の前側の板面に固定される。背板184に固定されたナット188の貫通孔は、背板184に形成された貫通孔184aに正面視で一致する(重なる)。
The nut 188 is a generally thin hexagonal columnar member having a pair of end faces and six side faces. The nut 188 is formed with a through hole penetrating a pair of end faces, and an internal thread is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the through hole.
The nut 188 is fixed to the front plate surface of the back plate 184 by welding. The through hole of the nut 188 fixed to the back plate 184 coincides (overlaps) with the through hole 184a formed in the back plate 184 in front view.

図2、図4および図10に示す如く、移動部材183は下部固定部材110の内部(より詳細には、底板111、左側板112L、右側板112Rおよび背板116により囲まれる空間)に配置される。
移動部材183が下部固定部材110の内部に配置されたとき、左側板185Lに形成された第二長孔186Lおよび右側板185Rに形成された第二長孔186Rには当接部材181が貫装される。
As shown in FIGS. 2, 4 and 10, the moving member 183 is disposed inside the lower fixing member 110 (more specifically, a space surrounded by the bottom plate 111, the left side plate 112L, the right side plate 112R and the back plate 116). The
When the moving member 183 is disposed inside the lower fixing member 110, the contact member 181 penetrates the second long hole 186L formed in the left side plate 185L and the second long hole 186R formed in the right side plate 185R. Is done.

移動部材183が下部固定部材110の内部に配置されたとき、左側板185Lの左側の板面は下部固定部材110の左側板112Lの右側の板面に当接し、右側板185Rの右側の板面は下部固定部材110の右側板112Rの左側の板面に当接する。
従って、移動部材183は下部固定部材110に対して移動部材183の左右方向に移動することができない。
また、移動部材183は下部固定部材110に対して相対回転(より厳密には、軸線方向が前後方向に平行となる軸周りの相対回転)することができない。
When the moving member 183 is disposed inside the lower fixing member 110, the left plate surface of the left plate 185L abuts on the right plate surface of the left plate 112L of the lower fixing member 110, and the right plate surface of the right plate 185R. Is in contact with the left plate surface of the right plate 112R of the lower fixing member 110.
Therefore, the moving member 183 cannot move in the left-right direction of the moving member 183 with respect to the lower fixing member 110.
Further, the moving member 183 cannot rotate relative to the lower fixing member 110 (more strictly speaking, relative rotation around an axis whose axial direction is parallel to the front-rear direction).

第二長孔186L・186Rの幅(より厳密には、「第二長孔186L・186Rの長手方向に垂直な方向(本実施形態では、前後方向)」における第二長孔186L・186Rの幅)は当接部材181の外径(直径)よりもわずかに大きい。
従って、当接部材181は、第二長孔186L・186Rに貫装された状態を保持しつつ、移動部材183に対して第二長孔186L・186Rの長手方向(本実施形態では、上下方向)に相対的に移動(摺動)することが可能である。
Widths of the second long holes 186L and 186R (strictly speaking, the widths of the second long holes 186L and 186R in the “direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the second long holes 186L and 186R (the front-rear direction in this embodiment)”) ) Is slightly larger than the outer diameter (diameter) of the contact member 181.
Accordingly, the abutting member 181 maintains the state of being inserted into the second long holes 186L and 186R, and the longitudinal direction of the second long holes 186L and 186R with respect to the moving member 183 (in this embodiment, the vertical direction). ) Relative to ().

図13の(a)に示す移動位置調整ネジ189は本発明に係る移動位置調整部材の実施の一形態である。
本実施形態の移動位置調整ネジ189は胴体部189aおよび頭部189bを具備する。
A moving position adjusting screw 189 shown in FIG. 13A is an embodiment of the moving position adjusting member according to the present invention.
The movement position adjusting screw 189 of this embodiment includes a body portion 189a and a head portion 189b.

胴体部189aは概ね円柱形状の部分である。胴体部189aの外周面には雄ネジが形成される。
頭部189bは概ね円盤形状の部分である。頭部189bは胴体部189aの一端部(後端部)に繋がっている。頭部189bの外径(直径)は胴体部189aの外径(直径)よりも大きい。頭部189bの後端面には工具を頭部189bに対して相対回転不能に係合するための係合孔189cが形成される。
The body portion 189a is a substantially cylindrical portion. A male screw is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 189a.
The head 189b is a generally disc-shaped part. The head portion 189b is connected to one end portion (rear end portion) of the body portion 189a. The outer diameter (diameter) of the head portion 189b is larger than the outer diameter (diameter) of the body portion 189a. An engagement hole 189c for engaging the tool with the head 189b so as not to rotate relative to the head 189b is formed on the rear end surface of the head 189b.

図13の(b)に示すナット190は一対の端面および六つの側面を有する概ね薄い六角柱状の部材である。ナット190には一対の端面を貫通する貫通孔が形成され、当該貫通孔の内周面には雌ネジが形成される。   A nut 190 shown in FIG. 13B is a generally thin hexagonal columnar member having a pair of end faces and six side faces. The nut 190 is formed with a through hole penetrating a pair of end faces, and an internal thread is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the through hole.

図4および図14の(a)に示す如く、移動位置調整ネジ189の胴体部189aは下部固定部材110の背板116に形成された貫通孔118に後方から前方に向かって貫装される。
ナット190は貫通孔118に貫装された移動位置調整ネジ189の胴体部189aに螺装される。
このとき、胴体部189aに螺装されたナット190の後端面から移動位置調整ネジ189の頭部189bの前端面までの距離は、下部固定部材110の背板116の厚さ(背板116の前後一対の板面間の距離)よりもわずかに大きくなるように設定される。
また、頭部189bの外径(直径)およびナット190の外径(ナット190の外接円の直径)は貫通孔118の内径(直径)よりも大きい。
従って、移動位置調整ネジ189は、下部固定部材110に対して移動位置調整ネジ189の軸線周り(本実施形態の場合、前後方向に平行な軸周り)に回転することが可能である。
また、移動位置調整ネジ189は、下部固定部材110に対して移動位置調整ネジ189の軸線方向(本実施形態の場合、前後方向)および軸線に垂直な方向(本実施形態の場合、上下方向および左右方向)に相対的に移動すること、並びに、移動位置調整ネジ189の軸線に垂直な軸周りに回転すること(下部固定部材110に対して傾斜すること)はできない。
As shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 14A, the body portion 189 a of the movement position adjusting screw 189 is inserted through the through-hole 118 formed in the back plate 116 of the lower fixing member 110 from the rear to the front.
The nut 190 is screwed into the body portion 189 a of the movement position adjusting screw 189 that is inserted into the through hole 118.
At this time, the distance from the rear end surface of the nut 190 screwed to the body portion 189a to the front end surface of the head 189b of the movement position adjusting screw 189 is the thickness of the back plate 116 of the lower fixing member 110 (the back plate 116). The distance between the pair of front and rear plate surfaces) is set to be slightly larger.
The outer diameter (diameter) of the head 189b and the outer diameter of the nut 190 (diameter of the circumscribed circle of the nut 190) are larger than the inner diameter (diameter) of the through hole 118.
Therefore, the moving position adjusting screw 189 can rotate around the axis of the moving position adjusting screw 189 with respect to the lower fixing member 110 (in the present embodiment, around the axis parallel to the front-rear direction).
Further, the movement position adjustment screw 189 has an axial direction (in the case of the present embodiment, the front-rear direction in the case of the movement position adjustment screw 189) and a direction perpendicular to the axis line (in the case of the present embodiment, the up-down direction and the lower fixing member 110). It is not possible to move in the horizontal direction) and to rotate around an axis perpendicular to the axis of the movement position adjusting screw 189 (tilt with respect to the lower fixing member 110).

移動位置調整ネジ189の胴体部189aは、下部固定部材110の内部に配置された移動部材183の背板184に形成された貫通孔184aに貫装され、背板184に固定されたナット188に螺装される。
このように、移動位置調整ネジ189は移動部材183を下部固定部材110に支持し、固定する。
The body portion 189 a of the moving position adjusting screw 189 is inserted into a through hole 184 a formed in the back plate 184 of the moving member 183 disposed inside the lower fixing member 110, and is attached to a nut 188 fixed to the back plate 184. Screwed.
As described above, the movement position adjusting screw 189 supports and fixes the moving member 183 to the lower fixing member 110.

図10に示す如く、当接部材181は四つの長孔(一対の第一長孔114L・114R、および一対の第二長孔186L・186R)に貫装され、これら四つの長孔の内周面に当接している。
図14の(a)に示す如く、当接部材181が下部固定部材110に対して固定されたとき、当接部材181は「当接部材181の軸線(中心線)が一対の第一長孔114L・114Rの幅方向における中心線C1および一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの幅方向における中心線C2の交点と重なる位置」に配置される。
As shown in FIG. 10, the abutting member 181 is inserted into four elongated holes (a pair of first elongated holes 114L and 114R and a pair of second elongated holes 186L and 186R), and the inner periphery of these four elongated holes. It is in contact with the surface.
As shown in FIG. 14A, when the contact member 181 is fixed to the lower fixing member 110, the contact member 181 indicates that “the axis (center line) of the contact member 181 is a pair of first long holes. 114L and 114R are disposed at a position that overlaps the intersection of the center line C1 in the width direction and the center line C2 in the width direction of the pair of second long holes 186L and 186R.

一対の第一長孔114L・114Rの幅方向における中心線C1は、一対の第一長孔114L・114Rの長手方向に平行な直線であって、一対の第一長孔114L・114Rの内周面のうち互いに対向する「一対の第一長孔114L・114Rの長手方向に垂直な部分」から等距離となる位置を通る直線である。
一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの幅方向における中心線C2は、一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの長手方向に平行な直線であって、一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの内周面のうち互いに対向する「一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの長手方向に垂直な部分」から等距離となる位置を通る直線である。
The center line C1 in the width direction of the pair of first long holes 114L and 114R is a straight line parallel to the longitudinal direction of the pair of first long holes 114L and 114R, and the inner circumference of the pair of first long holes 114L and 114R It is a straight line that passes through positions that are equidistant from the “portions perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the pair of first long holes 114L and 114R” that face each other.
The center line C2 in the width direction of the pair of second long holes 186L and 186R is a straight line parallel to the longitudinal direction of the pair of second long holes 186L and 186R, and the inner circumference of the pair of second long holes 186L and 186R It is a straight line that passes through positions that are equidistant from the “parts perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the pair of second long holes 186L and 186R” that face each other.

本実施形態では「一対の第一長孔114L・114Rの長手方向」と「一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの長手方向」とが異なる(平行ではない)。
そのため、移動位置調整ネジ189により移動部材183が下部固定部材110に固定されたとき、中心線C1および中心線C2の交点が定まり、ひいては当接部材181が下部固定部材110に対して配置される位置(固定される位置)も定まる。
In the present embodiment, the “longitudinal direction of the pair of first long holes 114L and 114R” and the “longitudinal direction of the pair of second long holes 186L and 186R” are different (not parallel).
Therefore, when the moving member 183 is fixed to the lower fixing member 110 by the moving position adjusting screw 189, the intersection of the center line C1 and the center line C2 is determined, and consequently the contact member 181 is arranged with respect to the lower fixing member 110. The position (fixed position) is also determined.

図4、図15および図16に示す一対のバネ60・60は本発明に係る付勢部材の実施の一形態である。
一対のバネ60・60はいずれも金属製の巻きバネであり、圧縮バネ(外力が加えられていないときよりも全長が短くなるように収縮された状態で使用されるバネ)である。
A pair of springs 60 and 60 shown in FIGS. 4, 15 and 16 is an embodiment of the urging member according to the present invention.
Each of the pair of springs 60 and 60 is a metal winding spring, and is a compression spring (a spring used in a contracted state so as to have a shorter overall length than when no external force is applied).

一対のバネ60・60は中間部材20の内部(より詳細には、天板21の下側の板面、左側板22Lの右側の板面、右側板22Rの左側の板面、左鍔板27Lの上側の板面および右鍔板27Rの上側の板面により囲まれる空間)に収容される。   The pair of springs 60 and 60 are provided inside the intermediate member 20 (more specifically, the lower plate surface of the top plate 21, the right plate surface of the left plate 22L, the left plate surface of the right plate 22R, and the left side plate 27L. In the space surrounded by the upper plate surface and the upper plate surface of the starboard plate 27R.

一対のバネ60・60のうち、一方のバネ60の一端部は第一スライダ40に形成されたバネ受け穴48Lに挿入され、バネ受け穴48Lの底面に当接する。
また、一方のバネ60の他端部は第二スライダ50に形成されたバネ受け穴58Lに挿入され、バネ受け穴58Lの底面に当接する。
One end of one spring 60 of the pair of springs 60 is inserted into a spring receiving hole 48L formed in the first slider 40 and abuts against the bottom surface of the spring receiving hole 48L.
The other end of one spring 60 is inserted into a spring receiving hole 58L formed in the second slider 50, and abuts against the bottom surface of the spring receiving hole 58L.

一対のバネ60・60のうち、他方のバネ60の一端部は第一スライダ40に形成されたバネ受け穴48Rに挿入され、バネ受け穴48Rの底面に当接する。
また、他方のバネ60の他端部は第二スライダ50に形成されたバネ受け穴58Rに挿入され、バネ受け穴58Rの底面に当接する。
Of the pair of springs 60, 60, one end of the other spring 60 is inserted into a spring receiving hole 48R formed in the first slider 40 and abuts against the bottom surface of the spring receiving hole 48R.
The other end of the other spring 60 is inserted into a spring receiving hole 58R formed in the second slider 50 and abuts against the bottom surface of the spring receiving hole 58R.

一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力、すなわち、圧縮される方向に弾性変形した一対のバネ60・60が元の形状(外力が作用していないときの形状)に戻ろうとする力(弾性力)により、第一スライダ40は中間部材20の長手方向のうちカム部材180に接近する方向に付勢され、第二スライダ50は中間部材20の長手方向のうち受圧ピン73に接近する方向に付勢される。   The biasing force generated by the pair of springs 60, 60, that is, the force (elasticity) that the pair of springs 60, 60 elastically deformed in the compression direction tries to return to the original shape (the shape when no external force is applied). The first slider 40 is urged in a direction approaching the cam member 180 in the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20, and the second slider 50 is moved in a direction approaching the pressure receiving pin 73 in the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20. Be energized.

そのため、図4に示す如く、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41はカム部材180の当接部材181の当接面181aに当接するとともに、第二スライダ50の受圧ピン支持面52が受圧ピン73の外周面に当接する。
結果として、一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力により、中間部材20(ひいては本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態)は下部固定部材110に対して開く方向(本実施形態では、右側面視で反時計回りとなる方向)に回動するように付勢され、上部固定部材30は中間部材20に対して閉じる方向(本実施形態では、右側面視で反時計回りとなる方向)に回動するように付勢される。
Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4, the cam contact surface 41 of the first slider 40 contacts the contact surface 181a of the contact member 181 of the cam member 180, and the pressure receiving pin support surface 52 of the second slider 50 is the pressure receiving pin. 73 abuts against the outer peripheral surface of 73.
As a result, due to the biasing force generated by the pair of springs 60, 60, the intermediate member 20 (and thus one embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention) opens with respect to the lower fixing member 110 (in this embodiment). The upper fixing member 30 is biased so as to rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the right side, and the upper fixing member 30 is rotated counterclockwise when viewed from the right side in the present embodiment. Urged to rotate in the direction).

本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θが0°からφ°までの範囲にあるとき(0°≦θ≦φ°のとき)、上部固定部材30に固定された原稿圧着板3の自重に起因してヒンジ100を閉じようとする回転力(中間部材20を下部固定部材110に対して右側面視で時計回りに回動させようとする回転力)と、一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因してヒンジ100を開こうとする回転力(中間部材20を下部固定部材110に対して右側面視で反時計回りに回動させようとする回転力)と、が概ね平衡するように、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41の形状等が予め定められる。
このように構成することにより、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θが0°からφ°までの範囲において作業者が原稿圧着板3から手を離した場合には、回動角度θが保持される。
In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range from 0 ° to φ ° (when 0 ° ≦ θ ≦ φ °), the upper fixing member 30 Rotational force for closing the hinge 100 due to the weight of the fixed original cover 3 (rotational force for rotating the intermediate member 20 clockwise relative to the lower fixing member 110). And a rotational force that tries to open the hinge 100 due to the biasing force of the pair of springs 60 (60) (the intermediate member 20 is rotated counterclockwise with respect to the lower fixing member 110 in the right side view). The shape or the like of the cam contact surface 41 of the first slider 40 is determined in advance so that the rotational force is substantially balanced.
With this configuration, when the operator releases his or her hand from the original pressure plate 3 when the rotation angle θ of the original pressure plate 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range of 0 ° to φ °, The rotation angle θ is maintained.

また、本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲にあるとき(φ°<θ≦90°のとき)、第一スライダ40の回動ピン支持面42が第一回動ピン71の外周面に当接し、第一スライダ40がカム部材180に接近する方向に移動することが規制されるとともに、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41がカム部材180の当接部材181の当接面181aから離間する。
本実施形態の第一回動ピン71の軸線方向に垂直な面における断面形状は円形であるため、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲で変化しても、(厳密には中間部材20に対する上部固定部材30の回動角度が変化しない限りにおいて)中間部材20に対する第一スライダ40の位置、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の全長(一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力)は変化しない。
In this embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range from φ ° to 90 ° (when φ ° <θ ≦ 90 °), the first slider The rotation pin support surface 42 of the 40 abuts against the outer peripheral surface of the first rotation pin 71, and the movement of the first slider 40 in the direction approaching the cam member 180 is restricted, and the cam of the first slider 40 The contact surface 41 is separated from the contact surface 181 a of the contact member 181 of the cam member 180.
Since the cross-sectional shape of the first rotation pin 71 of the present embodiment in the plane perpendicular to the axial direction is circular, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is from φ ° to 90 °. Even if it changes within the range, the position of the first slider 40 relative to the intermediate member 20 (as long as the rotational angle of the upper fixing member 30 relative to the intermediate member 20 does not change), and thus the total length of the pair of springs 60 and 60 ( The biasing force generated by the pair of springs 60 and 60 does not change.

従って、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲にあるときには、(厳密には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因して第一スライダ40の回動ピン支持面42と第一回動ピン71の外周面との当接部分には摩擦力が作用するが)実質的には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力が第一スライダ40を介してカム部材180に作用しなくなり、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因してヒンジ100を開こうとする回転力(中間部材20を下部固定部材110に対して右側面視で反時計回りに回動させようとする回転力)がヒンジ100に作用しなくなる。
なお、φの値は後述するカム部材180による一対のバネ60・60の付勢力の調整の結果、多少変動する場合がある。
Therefore, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 relative to the main body 2 of the multifunction device 1 is in the range of φ ° to 90 ° (strictly speaking, the first is due to the biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60). A frictional force acts on the contact portion between the rotating pin support surface 42 of the slider 40 and the outer peripheral surface of the first rotating pin 71), but the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 is substantially the first slider. 40, the cam member 180 does not act on the cam member 180, and as a result, the rotational force that opens the hinge 100 due to the biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 (the intermediate member 20 is viewed from the right side with respect to the lower fixing member 110). , The rotational force to rotate counterclockwise) does not act on the hinge 100.
Note that the value of φ may slightly vary as a result of adjusting the urging force of a pair of springs 60 and 60 by a cam member 180 described later.

以下では、図14を用いてカム部材180による一対のバネ60・60の付勢力の調整について説明する。   Hereinafter, adjustment of the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 by the cam member 180 will be described with reference to FIG.

図14の(a)に示す如く、移動部材183が比較的(図14の(b)に示す場合に比べて)前方に配置されているとき、一対の第一長孔114L・114Rの幅方向における中心線C1および一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの幅方向における中心線C2の交点は「第一長孔114L・114Rの前下端部寄りかつ一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの下端部寄りとなる位置」に配置される。
そのため、当接部材181は「第一長孔114L・114Rの前下端部寄りかつ一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの下端部寄りとなる位置」に配置される。
As shown in FIG. 14A, when the moving member 183 is relatively forward (compared to the case shown in FIG. 14B), the width direction of the pair of first elongated holes 114L and 114R The intersection of the center line C1 and the center line C2 in the width direction of the pair of second long holes 186L and 186R is “near the front lower end of the first long holes 114L and 114R and the lower ends of the pair of second long holes 186L and 186R” It is arranged at the “close position”.
Therefore, the contact member 181 is disposed at “a position near the front lower end of the first elongated holes 114L and 114R and near the lower end of the pair of second elongated holes 186L and 186R”.

本実施形態の移動位置調整ネジ189の胴体部189aの外周面に形成されている雄ネジは右ネジであるため、移動位置調整ネジ189を背面視で時計回りに回転させた場合には、移動位置調整ネジ189の胴体部189aに螺装されているナット188、ひいては移動部材183は後方に移動し、図14の(a)に示す状態から図14の(b)に示す状態に移行する。   Since the male screw formed on the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 189a of the moving position adjusting screw 189 of the present embodiment is a right screw, the moving position adjusting screw 189 moves when rotated clockwise in the rear view. The nut 188 screwed on the body 189a of the position adjusting screw 189, and thus the moving member 183, moves rearward, and shifts from the state shown in FIG. 14A to the state shown in FIG. 14B.

図14の(a)に示す状態から図14の(b)に示す状態に移行するとき、移動部材183とともに中心線C2も後方に移動する。
そのため、中心線C1および中心線C2の交点は「一対の第一長孔114L・114Rの後上端部寄りかつ一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの上端部寄りとなる位置」に移動する。
従って、当接部材181は一対の第一長孔114L・114Rおよび一対の第二長孔186L・186Rに貫装された状態を保持しつつ、「一対の第一長孔114L・114Rの後上端部寄りかつ一対の第二長孔186L・186Rの上端部寄りとなる位置」に移動する。
このように、移動位置調整ネジ189を背面視で時計回りまたは反時計回りに回転させることにより、下部固定部材110(ひいては、中間部材20を下部固定部材110に回動可能に連結する回動軸である第一回動ピン71)に対する当接部材181の位置を変更(調整)することが可能である。
When shifting from the state shown in FIG. 14A to the state shown in FIG. 14B, the center line C2 also moves rearward together with the moving member 183.
Therefore, the intersection of the center line C1 and the center line C2 moves to “a position near the rear upper end of the pair of first long holes 114L and 114R and near the upper end of the pair of second long holes 186L and 186R”.
Accordingly, the abutting member 181 maintains the state of being inserted into the pair of first elongated holes 114L and 114R and the pair of second elongated holes 186L and 186R, while the rear upper end of the pair of first elongated holes 114L and 114R. It moves to the position near the upper end of the pair of second long holes 186L and 186R.
In this way, by rotating the movement position adjusting screw 189 clockwise or counterclockwise in the rear view, the lower fixing member 110 (and thus the rotating shaft that rotatably connects the intermediate member 20 to the lower fixing member 110). It is possible to change (adjust) the position of the contact member 181 with respect to the first rotation pin 71).

図14の(a)に示す状態と図14の(b)に示す状態とでは、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θ(ひいては、下部固定部材110に対する中間部材20の回動角度)が同じ場合における「当接部材181に当接する第一スライダ40の中間部材20に対する相対的な位置(ひいては一対のバネ60・60の全長)」が異なる。
すなわち、移動位置調整ネジ189を回転させて下部固定部材110に対する移動部材183の前後方向における位置を変更(調整)することにより、下部固定部材110に対する当接部材181の位置を変更(調整)し、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の付勢力を変更(調整)することが可能である。
In the state shown in FIG. 14A and the state shown in FIG. 14B, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 (and consequently the intermediate member 20 with respect to the lower fixing member 110). The “relative position of the first slider 40 in contact with the contact member 181 with respect to the intermediate member 20 (and thus the total length of the pair of springs 60 and 60)” in the case where the rotation angle is the same.
That is, the position of the contact member 181 with respect to the lower fixing member 110 is changed (adjusted) by rotating (moving) the moving position adjusting screw 189 to change (adjust) the position of the moving member 183 in the front-rear direction with respect to the lower fixing member 110. As a result, the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 can be changed (adjusted).

以上の如く、ヒンジ100は、
複合機1の本体2に固定される下部固定部材110と、
下部固定部材110に対する位置を変更可能かつ固定可能に下部固定部材110に支持されるカム部材180と、
下部固定部材110に回動可能に連結されるとともに複合機1の原稿圧着板3に固定される第二ウイング部材(本実施形態では、中間部材20、上部固定部材30、第二スライダ50、第二回動ピン72および受圧ピン73を合わせたもの)と、
第二ウイング部材に支持されつつカム部材180に接近する方向およびカム部材180から離間する方向に移動可能な第一スライダ40と、
第一スライダ40をカム部材180に接近する方向に付勢することにより第一スライダ40をカム部材180に当接させる一対のバネ60・60と、
を具備する。
As described above, the hinge 100 is
A lower fixing member 110 fixed to the main body 2 of the multifunction device 1;
A cam member 180 supported by the lower fixing member 110 so that the position relative to the lower fixing member 110 can be changed and fixed;
A second wing member rotatably connected to the lower fixing member 110 and fixed to the document pressing plate 3 of the multifunction machine 1 (in this embodiment, the intermediate member 20, the upper fixing member 30, the second slider 50, the first slider). A combination of the two rotating pins 72 and the pressure receiving pins 73);
A first slider 40 that is supported by the second wing member and is movable in a direction approaching the cam member 180 and a direction away from the cam member 180;
A pair of springs 60 and 60 for bringing the first slider 40 into contact with the cam member 180 by urging the first slider 40 in a direction approaching the cam member 180;
It comprises.

このように構成することにより、ヒンジ100を複合機1の本体2および原稿圧着板3から取り外す、あるいは一対のバネ60・60を交換するといった作業を伴わずに一対のバネ60・60の付勢力を容易に調整することが可能である。   With this configuration, the biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 is not involved without removing the hinge 100 from the main body 2 and the original cover 3 of the multifunction machine 1 or exchanging the pair of springs 60 and 60. Can be easily adjusted.

また、ヒンジ100のカム部材180は、
両端部が下部固定部材110に形成された一対の第一長孔114L・114Rに貫装され、中途部には第一スライダ40(のカム当接面41)に当接する面である当接面181aが形成される当接部材181と、
下部固定部材110に対して所定の移動方向(本実施形態の場合、前後方向)に移動可能に支持され、一対の第二長孔186L・186Rが形成され、一対の第二長孔186L・186Rには当接部材181が貫装される移動部材183と、
下部固定部材110に対する移動部材183の移動方向における位置である移動位置(本実施形態の場合、下部固定部材110に対する移動部材183の前後方向における位置)を変更するとともに移動部材183を下部固定部材110に固定することが可能な移動位置調整ネジ189と、
を具備する。
このように構成することにより、移動位置調整ネジ189を回転させるだけで一対のバネ60・60の付勢力を調整することが可能である。
The cam member 180 of the hinge 100 is
Both end portions penetrate through a pair of first long holes 114L and 114R formed in the lower fixing member 110, and a contact surface which is a surface that contacts the first slider 40 (cam contact surface 41 thereof) in the middle portion A contact member 181 formed with 181a;
A pair of second long holes 186L and 186R are formed to be supported so as to be movable in a predetermined movement direction (the front-rear direction in the present embodiment) with respect to the lower fixing member 110, and a pair of second long holes 186L and 186R are formed. Includes a moving member 183 through which the contact member 181 is inserted,
The moving position that is the position of the moving member 183 in the moving direction with respect to the lower fixing member 110 (in this embodiment, the position of the moving member 183 in the front-rear direction with respect to the lower fixing member 110) is changed and the moving member 183 is changed to the lower fixing member 110. A moving position adjusting screw 189 that can be fixed to
It comprises.
With this configuration, it is possible to adjust the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 simply by rotating the movement position adjusting screw 189.

なお、本発明に係るカム部材が確実に動作する(本発明に係る移動部材および当接部材が確実に移動する)ためには、一対の第一長孔の長手方向、一対の第二長孔の長手方向および移動部材の移動方向の三つの方向の幾何学的な関係が以下の(A)、(B)および(C)の要件を満たすことが望ましい。   In order to operate the cam member according to the present invention reliably (the moving member and the contact member according to the present invention move reliably), the longitudinal direction of the pair of first elongated holes, the pair of second elongated holes It is desirable that the geometrical relationship in the three directions of the longitudinal direction and the moving direction of the moving member satisfy the following requirements (A), (B) and (C).

(A)一対の第一長孔の長手方向(本実施形態の場合、図14に示す中心線C1の長手方向)、一対の第二長孔の長手方向(本実施形態の場合、図14に示す中心線C2の長手方向)および移動方向(本実施形態の場合、前後方向)はいずれも第一ウイング部材に対する第二ウイング部材の回動軸の軸線方向(本実施形態の場合、左右方向)に対して垂直であることが望ましい。   (A) The longitudinal direction of the pair of first long holes (in the case of the present embodiment, the longitudinal direction of the center line C1 shown in FIG. 14), the longitudinal direction of the pair of second long holes (in the case of the present embodiment, FIG. The longitudinal direction of the center line C2 shown) and the moving direction (in the case of this embodiment, the front-rear direction) are both axial directions of the rotation axis of the second wing member relative to the first wing member (in the case of this embodiment, the left-right direction). It is desirable to be perpendicular to.

(B)一対の第一長孔の長手方向が移動部材の移動方向に対して傾斜することが望ましい。
ここで、「一対の第二長孔の長手方向が移動部材の移動方向に対して傾斜する」とは、一対の第二長孔の長手方向が移動部材の移動方向に対して平行ではないことを指す。
(B) It is desirable for the longitudinal direction of a pair of 1st long hole to incline with respect to the moving direction of a moving member.
Here, “the longitudinal direction of the pair of second elongated holes is inclined with respect to the moving direction of the moving member” means that the longitudinal direction of the pair of second elongated holes is not parallel to the moving direction of the moving member. Point to.

(B)の要件が満たされない場合、すなわち、仮に一対の第二長孔の長手方向が移動部材の移動方向に対して平行である場合には、移動部材が移動方向に移動しても「一対の第一長孔の幅方向における中心線および一対の第二長孔の幅方向における中心線の交点」が移動方向に移動しない。
従って、当接部材が移動部材に対して一対の第二長孔に沿って相対移動することにより、結果としては当接部材が第一ウイング部材に対しては相対移動しない事態が起こり得る。
If the requirement (B) is not satisfied, that is, if the longitudinal direction of the pair of second long holes is parallel to the moving direction of the moving member, even if the moving member moves in the moving direction, The “intersection of the center line in the width direction of the first long hole and the center line in the width direction of the pair of second long holes” does not move in the movement direction.
Therefore, the abutting member relatively moves along the pair of second long holes with respect to the moving member, and as a result, a situation in which the abutting member does not relatively move with respect to the first wing member may occur.

(C)一対の第一長孔の長手方向が一対の第二長孔の長手方向に対して傾斜することが望ましい。
ここで、「一対の第一長孔の長手方向が一対の第二長孔の長手方向に対して傾斜する」ことは、一対の第一長孔の長手方向が一対の第二長孔の長手方向に対して平行ではないことを指す。
(C) It is desirable for the longitudinal direction of a pair of 1st long hole to incline with respect to the longitudinal direction of a pair of 2nd long hole.
Here, “the longitudinal direction of the pair of first elongated holes is inclined with respect to the longitudinal direction of the pair of second elongated holes” means that the longitudinal direction of the pair of first elongated holes is the length of the pair of second elongated holes. It is not parallel to the direction.

(C)の要件が満たされない場合、すなわち、仮に一対の第一長孔の長手方向が一対の第二長孔の長手方向に対して平行である場合には、「一対の第一長孔の幅方向における中心線および一対の第二長孔の幅方向における中心線の交点」が一義的に定まらない。   When the requirement of (C) is not satisfied, that is, when the longitudinal direction of the pair of first long holes is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the pair of second long holes, The “intersection of the center line in the width direction and the center line in the width direction of the pair of second long holes” is not uniquely determined.

なお、本発明にかかるヒンジにおいて「移動部材の移動方向における移動量」に対して「第一ウイング部材に対する当接部材の移動量」を大きくしたい場合には、(i)一対の第二長孔の長手方向を移動部材の移動方向に対して垂直、または垂直に近い角度に設定することが望ましく、(ii)一対の第一長孔の長手方向を一対の第二長孔の長手方向に対して平行に近い角度に設定することが望ましい。   In the hinge according to the present invention, when it is desired to increase “the amount of movement of the abutting member relative to the first wing member” relative to “the amount of movement of the moving member in the moving direction”, (i) a pair of second long holes It is desirable to set the longitudinal direction of the pair of members to be perpendicular to or substantially perpendicular to the moving direction of the moving member, and (ii) the longitudinal direction of the pair of first elongated holes with respect to the longitudinal direction of the pair of second elongated holes It is desirable to set the angle close to parallel.

また、ヒンジ100が具備する第一回動ピン71は、原稿圧着板3が複合機1の本体2に対して閉じているときを基準として第二ウイング部材(本実施形態では、中間部材20、上部固定部材30、第二スライダ50、第二回動ピン72および受圧ピン73を合わせたもの)が第一ウイング部材(本実施形態の場合、下部固定部材110)に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したとき(本実施形態の場合、回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったとき)に第一スライダ40に当接することにより、第一スライダ40がカム部材180に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、第一スライダ40をカム部材180から離間させる。
このように構成することにより、ヒンジ100の第二ウイング部材をヒンジ100の第一ウイング部材に対して回動させることにより回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったときには、カム部材180には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力が作用しなくなる。
従って、回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったときには、移動位置調整ネジ189を回転させ、移動部材183を移動方向(本実施形態の場合、前後方向)に移動させることにより当接部材181を下部固定部材110に対して移動させる作業が容易となる(移動位置調整ネジ189を回転させる作業を行う場合に大きな力を要さない)。
Further, the first rotation pin 71 provided in the hinge 100 is a second wing member (in this embodiment, the intermediate member 20, and the second wing member) when the original cover 3 is closed with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction device 1. The upper fixing member 30, the second slider 50, the second rotation pin 72, and the pressure receiving pin 73 are combined with each other in a direction that opens with respect to the first wing member (the lower fixing member 110 in this embodiment). A direction in which the first slider 40 approaches the cam member 180 by abutting against the first slider 40 when it is rotated by an angle or more (in the case of the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ is larger than φ °). The first slider 40 is separated from the cam member 180.
With this configuration, when the rotation angle θ becomes larger than φ ° by rotating the second wing member of the hinge 100 with respect to the first wing member of the hinge 100, the cam member 180 has The biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 does not act.
Therefore, when the rotation angle θ becomes larger than φ °, the moving position adjusting screw 189 is rotated, and the moving member 183 is moved in the moving direction (the front-rear direction in the present embodiment), thereby causing the contact member 181 to move. Can be easily moved with respect to the lower fixing member 110 (a large force is not required when the operation of rotating the movement position adjusting screw 189 is performed).

本実施形態では回動角度θがφ°よりも大きいときに第一回動ピン71が第一スライダ40に当接し、第一スライダ40がカム部材180から離間するが、本発明においてスライド規制部材がスライド部材に当接するときの「所定の角度」は本発明に係るヒンジの用途等に応じて適宜選択されることが望ましい。   In this embodiment, when the rotation angle θ is larger than φ °, the first rotation pin 71 contacts the first slider 40 and the first slider 40 is separated from the cam member 180. It is desirable that the “predetermined angle” when the is in contact with the slide member is appropriately selected according to the use of the hinge according to the present invention.

本実施形態では、第一回動ピン71が「第二連結対象物が第一連結対象物に対して閉じているときを基準として第二ウイング部材が第一ウイング部に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したときにスライド部材に当接することにより、スライド部材がカム部材に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、スライド部材をカム部材から離間させる」機能を果たすが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
すなわち、上記機能を果たす専用の部材を別途本発明に係るヒンジに設けても良い。
ただし、部品点数を削減する観点、あるいはヒンジを小型化する観点からは、「第一ウイング部材に対する第二ウイング部材の回動軸」が上記機能を果たす部材(スライド規制部材)を兼ねることが望ましい。
In the present embodiment, the first rotation pin 71 is “predetermined in a direction in which the second wing member opens with respect to the first wing portion on the basis of when the second connection target is closed with respect to the first connection target. By contacting the slide member when it rotates more than this angle, the slide member is restricted from moving in the direction approaching the cam member, and the slide member is separated from the cam member. It is not limited to this.
That is, a dedicated member that performs the above function may be separately provided in the hinge according to the present invention.
However, from the viewpoint of reducing the number of parts or reducing the size of the hinge, it is desirable that the “rotating shaft of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member” also serves as a member (slide regulating member) that performs the above function. .

また、本実施形態では移動位置調整ネジ189は移動部材183に螺装され、下部固定部材110に「移動位置調整ネジ189の軸線方向(移動位置調整ネジ189が移動部材183に螺装されるときの回転軸の長手方向)に相対移動不能」かつ「移動位置調整ネジ189の軸線周りに回転可能」に支持されるが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
すなわち、本発明に係る移動位置調整部材は、「第一ウイング部材または移動部材の一方」に螺装され、「第一ウイング部材または移動部材の他方(移動位置調整部材が螺装されなかった方の部材)」に移動位置調整部材の軸線方向に相対移動不能かつ移動位置調整部材の軸線周りに回転可能に支持されれば良い。
なお、本実施形態では、移動位置調整ネジ189の軸線方向は移動部材183の移動方向(本実施形態では、前後方向)に対して平行である。
Further, in this embodiment, the movement position adjustment screw 189 is screwed to the movement member 183, and the lower fixing member 110 is “in the axial direction of the movement position adjustment screw 189 (when the movement position adjustment screw 189 is screwed to the movement member 183. Although it is supported so that it cannot be relatively moved in the longitudinal direction of the rotation axis) and “can be rotated around the axis of the movement position adjusting screw 189”, the present invention is not limited to this.
That is, the moving position adjusting member according to the present invention is screwed into “one of the first wing member or moving member” and “the other of the first wing member or moving member (the one where the moving position adjusting member was not screwed). As long as it is relatively movable in the axial direction of the moving position adjusting member and is rotatable about the axis of the moving position adjusting member.
In the present embodiment, the axial direction of the moving position adjusting screw 189 is parallel to the moving direction of the moving member 183 (in the present embodiment, the front-rear direction).

本実施形態では、ナット190を移動位置調整ネジ189に螺装することにより、移動位置調整ネジ189を下部固定部材110に「移動位置調整ネジ189の軸線方向に相対移動不能」かつ「移動位置調整ネジ189の軸線周りに回転可能」に支持したが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
例えば、ナット190に代えてEリングを用意し、当該リングを移動位置調整ネジ189の胴体部189aの中途部に形成したリング状の溝に嵌装しても良い。
In the present embodiment, the nut 190 is screwed to the movement position adjustment screw 189, so that the movement position adjustment screw 189 is “not relatively movable in the axial direction of the movement position adjustment screw 189” and “movement position adjustment”. Although it is supported so as to be rotatable about the axis of the screw 189, the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, an E-ring may be prepared instead of the nut 190, and the ring may be fitted into a ring-shaped groove formed in the middle part of the body part 189a of the movement position adjusting screw 189.

以下では図1、および図17から図25を用いて本発明に係るヒンジの第二実施形態であるヒンジ200について説明する。
図1に示す如く、ヒンジ200は複合機1の本体2に原稿圧着板3を回動可能に連結する。
以下では便宜上、ヒンジ200を構成する各部材のうち「図1から図16に示すヒンジ100と同じ形状の部材」については、図1から図16に示すヒンジ100において対応する部材と同じ番号を付すことにより詳細な説明を省略する。
Hereinafter, a hinge 200 that is a second embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 17 to 25.
As shown in FIG. 1, the hinge 200 connects the original cover 3 to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 so as to be rotatable.
In the following, for the sake of convenience, among members constituting the hinge 200, “members having the same shape as the hinge 100 shown in FIGS. 1 to 16” are denoted by the same reference numerals as the corresponding members in the hinge 100 shown in FIGS. Therefore, detailed description is omitted.

図17、図18および図20に示す如く、ヒンジ200は下部固定部材210、中間部材20、第一回動ピン71、一対の軸受け74・74、上部固定部材30、第二回動ピン72、受圧ピン73、第一スライダ40、第二スライダ50、一対のバネ60・60およびカム部材280を具備する。
以下では便宜上、原稿圧着板3が本体2に対して閉じているとき(回動角度θ=0°のとき)の複合機1の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向を基準として(原稿圧着板3が本体2に対して閉じているときの複合機1の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向をそれぞれヒンジ200の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向に対応させて)ヒンジ200を構成する各部材の形状を説明する(図1および図23参照)。
As shown in FIGS. 17, 18, and 20, the hinge 200 includes a lower fixing member 210, an intermediate member 20, a first rotation pin 71, a pair of bearings 74 and 74, an upper fixing member 30, a second rotation pin 72, A pressure receiving pin 73, a first slider 40, a second slider 50, a pair of springs 60 and 60, and a cam member 280 are provided.
In the following, for the sake of convenience, when the original cover 3 is closed with respect to the main body 2 (when the rotation angle θ = 0 °), the vertical direction, the front / rear direction, and the left / right direction of the multifunction machine 1 are used as references (the original cover 3). The shape of each member constituting the hinge 200 is such that the up-down direction, the front-rear direction, and the left-right direction of the multifunction machine 1 when the is closed with respect to the main body 2 correspond to the up-down direction, front-rear direction, and left-right direction of the hinge 200 Will be described (see FIGS. 1 and 23).

図19に示す下部固定部材210は本発明に係る第一ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。本実施形態の下部固定部材210は一枚の金属板を適宜折り曲げることにより成形される。
下部固定部材210は底板211、左側板212L、右側板212Rおよび背板219を具備する。
A lower fixing member 210 shown in FIG. 19 is an embodiment of the first wing member according to the present invention. The lower fixing member 210 of the present embodiment is formed by appropriately bending a single metal plate.
The lower fixing member 210 includes a bottom plate 211, a left side plate 212L, a right side plate 212R, and a back plate 219.

底板211は下部固定部材210の下部を成す板状の部材である。底板211は上下一対の板面を有する。底板211の形状は平面視で概ね前後方向にやや長い長方形である。   The bottom plate 211 is a plate-like member that forms the lower part of the lower fixing member 210. The bottom plate 211 has a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces. The shape of the bottom plate 211 is a rectangle that is slightly long in the front-rear direction in plan view.

底板211の前端部かつ左右中央部となる部分には貫通孔211aが形成される。貫通孔211aは底板211の上下一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 211a is formed in the front end portion of the bottom plate 211 and in the left and right central portion. The through hole 211 a penetrates a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces of the bottom plate 211.

底板211の後半部かつ左半部となる部分には係合孔211bが形成される。係合孔211bは底板211の上下一対の板面を貫通する。係合孔211bは第一の貫通孔と当該第一の貫通孔よりも直径が小さい第二の貫通孔とが前後に連なった形状を有する。   An engagement hole 211b is formed in the bottom half 211 of the bottom half and the left half. The engagement hole 211b penetrates a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces of the bottom plate 211. The engagement hole 211b has a shape in which a first through hole and a second through hole having a smaller diameter than the first through hole are connected in the front-rear direction.

本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2の上面後部から上方に突出した係合突起(不図示)を係合孔211bに係合し、ネジ(不図示)を貫通孔211aに貫装し、当該ネジを本体2の上面後部に形成されたネジ孔に螺装することにより、底板211、ひいては下部固定部材210が本体2に固定される(図1参照)。   In the present embodiment, an engagement protrusion (not shown) protruding upward from the rear upper surface of the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is engaged with the engagement hole 211b, and a screw (not shown) is inserted into the through hole 211a. By screwing the screw into a screw hole formed in the upper rear portion of the main body 2, the bottom plate 211 and thus the lower fixing member 210 are fixed to the main body 2 (see FIG. 1).

左側板212Lは下部固定部材210の左側部を成す板状の部材である。左側板212Lは左右一対の板面を有する。左側板212Lは側面視で概ね前下がりの階段の如き形状を有する。左側板212Lの下端部は底板211の左端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板211および左側板212Lが形成される)。   The left side plate 212L is a plate-like member that forms the left side of the lower fixing member 210. The left side plate 212L has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The left side plate 212L has a shape like a staircase that is generally forwardly lowered in a side view. The lower end of the left side plate 212L is connected to the left end of the bottom plate 211 (the bottom plate 211 and the left side plate 212L are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

左側板212Lの後上端部には貫通孔213Lが形成される。貫通孔213Lは左側板212Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 213L is formed at the rear upper end of the left side plate 212L. The through hole 213L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 212L.

左側板212Lにおいて貫通孔213Lの後下方となる部分には貫通孔214Lが形成される。貫通孔214Lは左側板212Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。貫通孔214Lの形状は側面視で上下方向に細長い長方形である。   A through hole 214L is formed in a portion of the left side plate 212L that is located below the through hole 213L. The through hole 214L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 212L. The shape of the through-hole 214L is a rectangle that is elongated in the vertical direction when viewed from the side.

左側板212Lの後下端部には貫通孔215Lが形成される。貫通孔215Lは左側板212Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 215L is formed in the rear lower end portion of the left side plate 212L. The through hole 215L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 212L.

左側板212Lにおいて貫通孔213Lの前下方かつ貫通孔215Lの上方となる部分には円弧状長孔216Lが形成される。円弧状長孔216Lは本発明に係る支持孔の実施の一形態である。円弧状長孔216Lは左側板212Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
円弧状長孔216Lは側面視で貫通孔215Lを中心とする円周に沿って延びた形状を有する(円弧状長孔216Lの側面視形状は貫通孔215Lを中心とする円弧状である)。
円弧状長孔216Lの内周面は本発明に係る支持面の実施の一形態である。
An arc-shaped elongated hole 216L is formed in a portion of the left side plate 212L that is in front of the through hole 213L and above the through hole 215L. The arc-shaped long hole 216L is an embodiment of the support hole according to the present invention. The arc-shaped long hole 216L passes through a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 212L.
The arc-shaped long hole 216L has a shape extending along the circumference centering on the through-hole 215L in a side view (the side-view shape of the arc-shaped long hole 216L is an arc-shaped centering on the through-hole 215L).
The inner peripheral surface of the arc-shaped elongated hole 216L is an embodiment of the support surface according to the present invention.

左側板212Lにおいて貫通孔215Lおよび円弧状長孔216Lにより挟まれる部分には一対の貫通孔217L・218Lが形成される。一対の貫通孔217L・218Lは本発明に係る複数のウイング側貫通孔の実施の一形態である。
一対の貫通孔217L・218Lは左側板212Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
一対の貫通孔217L・218Lは側面視で貫通孔215Lを中心とする同一の円周上に所定の間隔を空けて配置される。言い換えれば、一対の貫通孔217L・218Lは左側板212Lにおいて貫通孔215Lから互いに等距離となる位置に形成される。
より詳細には、右側面視で貫通孔215Lを中心として貫通孔217Lが20°だけ反時計回りに回転した位置に貫通孔218Lが配置される。
A pair of through-holes 217L and 218L are formed in a portion sandwiched between the through-hole 215L and the arc-shaped long hole 216L in the left side plate 212L. The pair of through holes 217L and 218L is an embodiment of a plurality of wing side through holes according to the present invention.
The pair of through holes 217L and 218L penetrates the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 212L.
The pair of through holes 217L and 218L are arranged at a predetermined interval on the same circumference centering on the through hole 215L in a side view. In other words, the pair of through holes 217L and 218L are formed at positions equidistant from the through hole 215L in the left side plate 212L.
More specifically, the through hole 218L is arranged at a position where the through hole 217L rotates counterclockwise by 20 ° around the through hole 215L as viewed from the right side.

右側板212Rは下部固定部材210の右側部を成す板状の部材である。右側板212Rは左右一対の板面を有する。右側板212Rは側面視で概ね前下がりの階段の如き形状を有する。右側板212Rの下端部は底板211の右端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板211および右側板212Rが形成される)。   The right side plate 212R is a plate-like member that forms the right side portion of the lower fixing member 210. The right side plate 212R has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The right side plate 212R has a shape like a staircase that is generally forwardly lowered in a side view. The lower end portion of the right side plate 212R is connected to the right end portion of the bottom plate 211 (the bottom plate 211 and the right side plate 212R are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

右側板212Rの後上端部には貫通孔213Rが形成される。貫通孔213Rは右側板212Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 213R is formed in the rear upper end portion of the right side plate 212R. The through hole 213R penetrates the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 212R.

右側板212Rにおいて貫通孔213Rの後下方となる部分には貫通孔214Rが形成される。貫通孔214Rは右側板212Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。貫通孔214Rの形状は側面視で上下方向に細長い長方形である。   A through hole 214R is formed in a portion of the right side plate 212R that is located below the through hole 213R. The through hole 214R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 212R. The shape of the through hole 214R is a rectangular shape that is elongated in the vertical direction in a side view.

右側板212Rの後下端部には貫通孔215Rが形成される。貫通孔215Rは右側板212Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 215R is formed at the rear lower end of the right side plate 212R. The through hole 215R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 212R.

右側板212Rにおいて貫通孔213Rの前下方かつ貫通孔215Rの上方となる部分には円弧状長孔216Rが形成される。円弧状長孔216Rは本発明に係る支持孔の実施の一形態である。円弧状長孔216Rは右側板212Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
円弧状長孔216Rは側面視で貫通孔215Rを中心とする円周に沿って延びた形状を有する(円弧状長孔216Rの側面視形状は貫通孔215Rを中心とする円弧状である)。
円弧状長孔216Rの内周面は本発明に係る支持面の実施の一形態である。
An arc-shaped long hole 216R is formed in a portion of the right side plate 212R that is in front of the through hole 213R and above the through hole 215R. The arc-shaped elongated hole 216R is an embodiment of the support hole according to the present invention. The arc-shaped long hole 216R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 212R.
The arc-shaped long hole 216R has a shape extending along the circumference centering on the through-hole 215R in a side view (the side-view shape of the arc-shaped long hole 216R is an arc-shaped centering on the through-hole 215R).
The inner peripheral surface of the arc-shaped long hole 216R is an embodiment of the support surface according to the present invention.

右側板212Rにおいて貫通孔215Rおよび円弧状長孔216Rにより挟まれる部分には一対の貫通孔217R・218Rが形成される。一対の貫通孔217R・218Rは本発明に係る複数のウイング側貫通孔の実施の一形態である。
一対の貫通孔217R・218Rは右側板212Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
一対の貫通孔217R・218Rは側面視で貫通孔215Rを中心とする同一の円周上に所定の間隔を空けて配置される。言い換えれば、一対の貫通孔217R・218Rは右側板212Rにおいて貫通孔215Rから互いに等距離となる位置に形成される。
より詳細には、右側面視で貫通孔215Rを中心として貫通孔217Rが20°だけ反時計回りに回転した位置に貫通孔218Rが配置される。
A pair of through-holes 217R and 218R are formed in a portion sandwiched between the through-hole 215R and the arc-shaped elongated hole 216R in the right side plate 212R. The pair of through holes 217R and 218R is an embodiment of a plurality of wing side through holes according to the present invention.
The pair of through holes 217R and 218R penetrate the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 212R.
The pair of through holes 217R and 218R are arranged at a predetermined interval on the same circumference with the through hole 215R as the center in a side view. In other words, the pair of through holes 217R and 218R are formed at positions that are equidistant from the through hole 215R in the right side plate 212R.
More specifically, the through hole 218R is disposed at a position where the through hole 217R is rotated counterclockwise by 20 ° about the through hole 215R as viewed from the right side.

背板219は下部固定部材210の後部を成す板状の部材である。背板219は前後一対の板面を有する。背板219の形状は正面視で概ね上下方向にやや長い長方形である。
背板219の下端部は底板211の後端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板211および背板219が形成される)。
The back plate 219 is a plate-like member that forms the rear portion of the lower fixing member 210. The back plate 219 has a pair of front and rear plate surfaces. The shape of the back plate 219 is a rectangle that is slightly long in the vertical direction when viewed from the front.
The lower end portion of the back plate 219 is connected to the rear end portion of the bottom plate 211 (the bottom plate 211 and the back plate 219 are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

背板219の左端部には左側方に突出する突起部219Lが形成され、背板219の右端部には右側方に突出する突起部219Rが形成される。
突起部219Lが貫通孔214Lに貫装されるとともに突起部219Rが貫通孔214Rに貫装されることにより、下部固定部材210は強固な構造体を成す。
A protrusion 219L that protrudes to the left is formed at the left end of the back plate 219, and a protrusion 219R that protrudes to the right is formed at the right end of the back plate 219.
The lower fixing member 210 forms a strong structure by the protrusion 219L being inserted into the through hole 214L and the protrusion 219R being inserted into the through hole 214R.

図19および図20に示す如く、貫通孔213L・213Rにそれぞれ軸受け74・74を嵌装し、軸受け74・74に第一回動ピン71を貫装することにより、第一回動ピン71は軸受け74・74を介して下部固定部材210に回転可能に軸支される。   As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20, bearings 74 and 74 are fitted into the through holes 213L and 213R, respectively, and the first turning pin 71 is inserted into the bearings 74 and 74, whereby the first turning pin 71 is It is rotatably supported by the lower fixing member 210 via bearings 74 and 74.

図17、図18および図20に示すカム部材280は本発明に係るカム部材の実施の一形態である。カム部材280は下部固定部材210に支持される。
図20に示す如く、本実施形態のカム部材280は一対のアーム部材281L・281R、アーム軸部材285、一対の軸受け286・286、当接部材287、一対の軸受け288・288およびアーム角度調整ピン289を具備する。
The cam member 280 shown in FIGS. 17, 18 and 20 is an embodiment of the cam member according to the present invention. The cam member 280 is supported by the lower fixing member 210.
As shown in FIG. 20, the cam member 280 of this embodiment includes a pair of arm members 281L and 281R, an arm shaft member 285, a pair of bearings 286 and 286, a contact member 287, a pair of bearings 288 and 288, and an arm angle adjustment pin. 289.

図21の(a)に示す一対のアーム部材281L・281Rは本発明に係る一対のアーム部材の実施の一形態である。
本実施形態の一対のアーム部材281L・281Rはいずれも左右一対の板面を有する細長い金属製の板材からなり、その両端部を丸めた(両端部の隅を丸く切除した)ものである。
A pair of arm members 281L and 281R shown in FIG. 21A is an embodiment of a pair of arm members according to the present invention.
Each of the pair of arm members 281L and 281R of this embodiment is made of an elongated metal plate having a pair of left and right plate surfaces, and both ends thereof are rounded (corners at both ends are rounded off).

アーム部材281Lの一端部(下端部)には貫通孔282Lが形成される。貫通孔282Lはアーム部材281Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
アーム部材281Lの他端部(上端部)には貫通孔283Lが形成される。貫通孔283Lはアーム部材281Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
アーム部材281Lの中途部にはネジ孔284Lが形成される。ネジ孔284Lは本発明に係るアーム部材側貫通孔の実施の一形態である。ネジ孔284Lはアーム部材281Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。ネジ孔284Lの内周面には雌ネジが形成される。
A through hole 282L is formed at one end (lower end) of the arm member 281L. The through hole 282L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the arm member 281L.
A through hole 283L is formed in the other end (upper end) of the arm member 281L. The through hole 283L penetrates the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the arm member 281L.
A screw hole 284L is formed in the middle of the arm member 281L. The screw hole 284L is an embodiment of the arm member side through hole according to the present invention. The screw hole 284L passes through a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the arm member 281L. A female screw is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the screw hole 284L.

アーム部材281Rの一端部(下端部)には貫通孔282Rが形成される。貫通孔282Rはアーム部材281Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
アーム部材281Rの他端部(上端部)には貫通孔283Rが形成される。貫通孔283Rはアーム部材281Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
アーム部材281Rの中途部には貫通孔284Rが形成される。貫通孔284Rは本発明に係るアーム部材側貫通孔の実施の一形態である。貫通孔284Rはアーム部材281Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
A through hole 282R is formed at one end (lower end) of the arm member 281R. The through hole 282R penetrates the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the arm member 281R.
A through hole 283R is formed in the other end (upper end) of the arm member 281R. The through hole 283R passes through the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the arm member 281R.
A through hole 284R is formed in the middle of the arm member 281R. The through hole 284R is an embodiment of the arm member side through hole according to the present invention. The through hole 284R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the arm member 281R.

アーム軸部材285は下部固定部材210に対する一対のアーム部材281L・281Rの回動軸を成す部材である。本実施形態のアーム軸部材285は金属材料からなり、一対の端面および外周面を有する概ね円柱形状の部材である。
アーム軸部材285の外周面の両端部(アーム軸部材285の一対の端面の近傍となる部分)には、アーム軸部材285の周方向に沿ってリング状の溝が形成される。
The arm shaft member 285 is a member that forms a rotation axis of the pair of arm members 281L and 281R with respect to the lower fixing member 210. The arm shaft member 285 of the present embodiment is made of a metal material and is a substantially cylindrical member having a pair of end surfaces and an outer peripheral surface.
Ring-shaped grooves are formed along the circumferential direction of the arm shaft member 285 at both ends of the outer peripheral surface of the arm shaft member 285 (portions in the vicinity of the pair of end surfaces of the arm shaft member 285).

図18および図20に示す一対の軸受け286・286(厳密には、一対の軸受け286・286のうち、右側の軸受け286は不図示)はアーム軸部材285を下部固定部材210に回転可能に軸支するための部材である。
本実施形態の一対の軸受け286・286は樹脂材料からなる。一対の軸受け286・286の形状は概ねリング状(円筒形状)である。
一対の軸受け286・286は下部固定部材210の左側板212Lに形成された貫通孔215Lおよび右側板212Rに形成された貫通孔215Rに嵌装される(図19および図20参照)。
A pair of bearings 286 and 286 shown in FIGS. 18 and 20 (strictly speaking, the right bearing 286 of the pair of bearings 286 and 286 is not shown) is configured to rotate the arm shaft member 285 to the lower fixing member 210. It is a member for supporting.
The pair of bearings 286 and 286 of this embodiment are made of a resin material. The pair of bearings 286 and 286 are generally ring-shaped (cylindrical).
The pair of bearings 286 and 286 are fitted into a through hole 215L formed in the left side plate 212L of the lower fixing member 210 and a through hole 215R formed in the right side plate 212R (see FIGS. 19 and 20).

図20に示す如く、アーム軸部材285は貫通孔215Lに嵌装された軸受け286および貫通孔215Rに嵌装された軸受け286に貫装される。
その結果、アーム軸部材285は一対の軸受け286・286を介して下部固定部材210に回転可能に軸支される。
図20および図21に示す如く、下部固定部材210に軸支されたアーム軸部材285の左端部はアーム部材281Lの貫通孔282Lに貫装され、下部固定部材210に軸支されたアーム軸部材285の右端部はアーム部材281Rの貫通孔282Rに貫装される。
その結果、一対のアーム部材281L・281Rの一端部(下端部)が下部固定部材210に回動可能に連結される。
なお、アーム軸部材285の両端部に形成されたリング状の溝にEリング(不図示)が嵌装されることにより、一対のアーム部材281L・281Rがアーム軸部材285、ひいては下部固定部材210から脱落することはない。
As shown in FIG. 20, the arm shaft member 285 is inserted into a bearing 286 fitted in the through hole 215L and a bearing 286 fitted in the through hole 215R.
As a result, the arm shaft member 285 is rotatably supported by the lower fixing member 210 via the pair of bearings 286 and 286.
20 and 21, the left end portion of the arm shaft member 285 pivotally supported by the lower fixing member 210 is inserted into the through hole 282L of the arm member 281L, and the arm shaft member pivotally supported by the lower fixing member 210. The right end of 285 is inserted into the through hole 282R of the arm member 281R.
As a result, one end portions (lower end portions) of the pair of arm members 281L and 281R are rotatably connected to the lower fixing member 210.
It should be noted that E-rings (not shown) are fitted into ring-shaped grooves formed at both ends of the arm shaft member 285, whereby the pair of arm members 281L and 281R are arm shaft members 285, and thus the lower fixing member 210. Will not fall off.

図21の(a)に示す当接部材287は本発明に係る当接部材の実施の一形態である。
本実施形態の当接部材287は金属材料からなり、一対の端面および外周面を有する概ね円柱形状の部材である。当接部材287の外周面の中途部は当接面287aを成す。
当接部材287の外周面の両端部(当接部材287の一対の端面の近傍となる部分)には、当接部材287の周方向に沿ってリング状の溝が形成される。
A contact member 287 shown in FIG. 21A is an embodiment of the contact member according to the present invention.
The contact member 287 of the present embodiment is made of a metal material and is a generally cylindrical member having a pair of end surfaces and an outer peripheral surface. A middle portion of the outer peripheral surface of the contact member 287 forms a contact surface 287a.
Ring-shaped grooves are formed along the circumferential direction of the contact member 287 at both ends of the outer peripheral surface of the contact member 287 (portions in the vicinity of the pair of end surfaces of the contact member 287).

図18および図20に示す一対の軸受け288・288(厳密には、一対の軸受け288・288のうち、右側の軸受け288は不図示)は当接部材287を一対のアーム部材281L・281R、ひいては下部固定部材210に回転可能に軸支するための部材である。
本実施形態の一対の軸受け288・288は樹脂材料からなる。一対の軸受け288・288の形状は概ねリング状(円筒形状)である。
一対の軸受け288・288は下部固定部材210の左側板212Lに形成された円弧状長孔216Lおよび右側板212Rに形成された円弧状長孔216Rに嵌装される(図19および図20参照)。
A pair of bearings 288 and 288 shown in FIGS. 18 and 20 (strictly speaking, the right bearing 288 is not shown in the pair of bearings 288 and 288), the abutting member 287 is paired with a pair of arm members 281L and 281R. This is a member for rotatably supporting the lower fixing member 210.
The pair of bearings 288 and 288 of this embodiment are made of a resin material. The pair of bearings 288 and 288 are generally ring-shaped (cylindrical).
The pair of bearings 288 and 288 are fitted into an arc-shaped elongated hole 216L formed in the left side plate 212L of the lower fixing member 210 and an arc-shaped elongated hole 216R formed in the right side plate 212R (see FIGS. 19 and 20). .

図20に示す如く、当接部材287は円弧状長孔216Lに嵌装された軸受け288および円弧状長孔216Rに嵌装された軸受け288に貫装される。
また、図20および図21に示す如く、下部固定部材210に軸支された当接部材287の左端部はアーム部材281Lの貫通孔283Lに貫装され、下部固定部材210に軸支された当接部材287の右端部はアーム部材281Rの貫通孔283Rに貫装される。
その結果、当接部材287は一対のアーム部材281L・281Rの他端部(上端部)に回転可能に軸支される。
また、一対のアーム部材281L・281Rがアーム軸部材285を中心として回動するとき、当接部材287は一対の軸受け288・288を介して一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rの内周面に当接しつつ、一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rに沿って移動することが可能である。
なお、当接部材287の両端部に形成されたリング状の溝にEリング(不図示)が嵌装されることにより、当接部材287が一対のアーム部材281L・281R、ひいては下部固定部材210から脱落することはない。
As shown in FIG. 20, the contact member 287 is inserted into the bearing 288 fitted in the arc-shaped elongated hole 216L and the bearing 288 fitted in the arc-shaped elongated hole 216R.
20 and 21, the left end portion of the abutting member 287 pivotally supported by the lower fixing member 210 is inserted into the through hole 283L of the arm member 281L, and the abutting member supported by the lower fixing member 210 is supported. The right end portion of the contact member 287 is inserted into the through hole 283R of the arm member 281R.
As a result, the contact member 287 is rotatably supported by the other end portions (upper end portions) of the pair of arm members 281L and 281R.
Further, when the pair of arm members 281L and 281R rotate around the arm shaft member 285, the contact member 287 is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the pair of arc-shaped elongated holes 216L and 216R via the pair of bearings 288 and 288. It is possible to move along the pair of arc-shaped long holes 216L and 216R while abutting.
Note that an E-ring (not shown) is fitted into ring-shaped grooves formed at both ends of the contact member 287, so that the contact member 287 has a pair of arm members 281L and 281R, and thus the lower fixing member 210. Will not fall off.

図21の(b)に示すアーム角度調整ピン289は本発明に係るアーム角度調整部材の実施の一形態である。
本実施形態のアーム角度調整ピン289は金属材料からなり、胴体部289aおよび頭部289cを具備する。
胴体部289aは概ね円柱形状の部分である。胴体部289aの外周面の一端部(左端部)には雄ネジ289bが形成される。
頭部289cは概ね円盤形状の部分である。本実施形態の胴体部289aは他端部(右端部)に繋がっている(胴体部289aおよび頭部289cは一体的に成形される)。
An arm angle adjusting pin 289 shown in FIG. 21B is an embodiment of the arm angle adjusting member according to the present invention.
The arm angle adjusting pin 289 of this embodiment is made of a metal material and includes a body portion 289a and a head portion 289c.
The body portion 289a is a substantially cylindrical portion. A male screw 289b is formed at one end portion (left end portion) of the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 289a.
The head 289c is a substantially disk-shaped part. The body portion 289a of the present embodiment is connected to the other end portion (right end portion) (the body portion 289a and the head portion 289c are integrally formed).

図19および図20に示す如く、アーム角度調整ピン289が右から左に向かってアーム部材281Rに形成された貫通孔284R、下部固定部材210の右側板212Rに形成された貫通孔217R、および下部固定部材210の左側板212Lに形成された貫通孔217Lに貫装され、かつアーム部材281Lに形成されたネジ孔284Lに螺装されることにより、一対のアーム部材281L・281Rが下部固定部材210に対して回動不能に固定され、ひいては当接部材287が下部固定部材210に対して移動不能に固定される。
このとき、当接部材287は一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rの前下端部となる位置に配置される。
19 and 20, the arm angle adjusting pin 289 has a through hole 284R formed in the arm member 281R from the right to the left, a through hole 217R formed in the right side plate 212R of the lower fixing member 210, and a lower portion. The pair of arm members 281L and 281R are inserted into a through hole 217L formed in the left side plate 212L of the fixing member 210 and screwed into a screw hole 284L formed in the arm member 281L. The contact member 287 is fixed to the lower fixing member 210 so as not to move.
At this time, the contact member 287 is disposed at a position that is the front lower end portion of the pair of arc-shaped elongated holes 216L and 216R.

図18に示す如く、一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力、すなわち、圧縮される方向に弾性変形した一対のバネ60・60が元の形状(外力が作用していないときの形状)に戻ろうとする力(弾性力)により、第一スライダ40は中間部材20の長手方向のうちカム部材280に接近する方向に付勢され、第二スライダ50は中間部材20の長手方向のうち受圧ピン73に接近する方向に付勢される。   As shown in FIG. 18, the urging force generated by the pair of springs 60, 60, that is, the pair of springs 60, 60 elastically deformed in the compressing direction is in the original shape (shape when no external force is acting). The first slider 40 is biased in a direction approaching the cam member 280 in the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20 by the force (elastic force) to return, and the second slider 50 is a pressure receiving pin in the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20. It is urged in the direction approaching 73.

そのため、図18に示す如く、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41はカム部材280の当接部材287の当接面287aに当接するとともに、第二スライダ50の受圧ピン支持面52が受圧ピン73の外周面に当接する。
結果として、一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力により、中間部材20(ひいては本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態)は下部固定部材210に対して開く方向(本実施形態では、右側面視で反時計回りとなる方向)に回動するように付勢され、上部固定部材30は中間部材20に対して閉じる方向(本実施形態では、右側面視で反時計回りとなる方向)に回動するように付勢される。
Therefore, as shown in FIG. 18, the cam contact surface 41 of the first slider 40 contacts the contact surface 287a of the contact member 287 of the cam member 280, and the pressure receiving pin support surface 52 of the second slider 50 is the pressure receiving pin. 73 abuts against the outer peripheral surface of 73.
As a result, due to the urging force generated by the pair of springs 60, 60, the intermediate member 20 (and thus one embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention) opens with respect to the lower fixing member 210 (in this embodiment). The upper fixing member 30 is biased so as to rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the right side, and the upper fixing member 30 is rotated counterclockwise when viewed from the right side in the present embodiment. Urged to rotate in the direction).

本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θが0°からφ°までの範囲にあるとき(0°≦θ≦φ°のとき)、上部固定部材30に固定された原稿圧着板3の自重に起因してヒンジ200を閉じようとする回転力と、一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因してヒンジ200を開こうとする回転力と、が概ね平衡するように、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41の形状等が予め定められる。
このように構成することにより、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θが0°からφ°までの範囲において作業者が原稿圧着板3から手を離した場合には、回動角度θが保持される。
In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range from 0 ° to φ ° (when 0 ° ≦ θ ≦ φ °), the upper fixing member 30 The rotational force for closing the hinge 200 due to the weight of the fixed original cover 3 and the rotational force for opening the hinge 200 due to the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 are approximately. The shape or the like of the cam contact surface 41 of the first slider 40 is determined in advance so as to be balanced.
With this configuration, when the operator releases his or her hand from the original pressure plate 3 when the rotation angle θ of the original pressure plate 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range of 0 ° to φ °, The rotation angle θ is maintained.

また、本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲にあるとき(φ°<θ≦90°のとき)、第一スライダ40の回動ピン支持面42が第一回動ピン71の外周面に当接し、第一スライダ40がカム部材280に接近する方向に移動することが規制されるとともに、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41がカム部材280の当接部材287の当接面287aから離間する。
本実施形態の第一回動ピン71の軸線方向に垂直な面における断面形状は円形であるため、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲で変化しても、(厳密には中間部材20に対する上部固定部材30の回動角度が変化しない限りにおいて)中間部材20に対する第一スライダ40の位置、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の全長(一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力)は変化しない(図24参照)。
In this embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range from φ ° to 90 ° (when φ ° <θ ≦ 90 °), the first slider The rotation pin support surface 42 of the 40 is in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the first rotation pin 71 and the movement of the first slider 40 in the direction approaching the cam member 280 is restricted, and the cam of the first slider 40 The contact surface 41 is separated from the contact surface 287 a of the contact member 287 of the cam member 280.
Since the cross-sectional shape of the first rotation pin 71 of the present embodiment in the plane perpendicular to the axial direction is circular, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is from φ ° to 90 °. Even if it changes within the range, the position of the first slider 40 relative to the intermediate member 20 (as long as the rotational angle of the upper fixing member 30 relative to the intermediate member 20 does not change), and thus the total length of the pair of springs 60 and 60 ( The biasing force generated by the pair of springs 60 and 60 does not change (see FIG. 24).

従って、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲にあるときには、(厳密には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因して第一スライダ40の回動ピン支持面42と第一回動ピン71の外周面との当接部分には摩擦力が作用するが)実質的には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力が第一スライダ40を介してカム部材280に作用しなくなり、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因してヒンジ200を開こうとする回転力がヒンジ200に作用しなくなる。
なお、φの値は後述するカム部材280による一対のバネ60・60の付勢力の調整の結果、多少変動する場合がある。
Therefore, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 relative to the main body 2 of the multifunction device 1 is in the range of φ ° to 90 ° (strictly speaking, the first is due to the biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60). A frictional force acts on the contact portion between the rotating pin support surface 42 of the slider 40 and the outer peripheral surface of the first rotating pin 71), but the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 is substantially the first slider. No longer acts on the cam member 280 via 40, and as a result, the rotational force for opening the hinge 200 due to the biasing force of the pair of springs 60, 60 does not act on the hinge 200.
Note that the value of φ may slightly vary as a result of adjusting the urging force of a pair of springs 60 and 60 by a cam member 280 described later.

以下では、図22を用いてカム部材280による一対のバネ60・60の付勢力の調整について説明する。   Below, adjustment of the urging | biasing force of a pair of spring 60 * 60 by the cam member 280 is demonstrated using FIG.

図22の(a)に示す如く、アーム角度調整ピン289が右から左に向かってアーム部材281Rに形成された貫通孔284R、下部固定部材210の右側板212Rに形成された貫通孔217R、および下部固定部材210の左側板212Lに形成された貫通孔217Lに貫装され、かつアーム部材281Lに形成されたネジ孔284Lに螺装されたとき、アーム角度調整ピン289は一対のアーム部材281L・281Rを前下方に向かって回動した位置で下部固定部材210に対して回動不能に固定し、ひいては当接部材287を下部固定部材210に対して移動不能に固定することが可能である。
このとき、当接部材287は一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rの前下端部となる位置に配置される。
22A, the arm angle adjusting pin 289 has a through hole 284R formed in the arm member 281R from the right to the left, a through hole 217R formed in the right side plate 212R of the lower fixing member 210, and When the arm fixing pin 289 is inserted into a through hole 217L formed in the left side plate 212L of the lower fixing member 210 and is screwed into a screw hole 284L formed in the arm member 281L, the arm angle adjusting pin 289 has a pair of arm members 281L. It is possible to fix 281R to the lower fixing member 210 so as not to rotate at a position where the 281R is rotated forward and downward, and to fix the contact member 287 to the lower fixing member 210 so as not to move.
At this time, the contact member 287 is disposed at a position that is the front lower end portion of the pair of arc-shaped elongated holes 216L and 216R.

アーム角度調整ピン289が貫通孔284R、貫通孔217R、貫通孔217L、貫通孔218R、貫通孔218Lのいずれにも貫装されず、かつネジ孔284Lに螺装されないとき、すなわちアーム角度調整ピン289が下部固定部材210および一対のアーム部材281L・281Rから引き抜かれているとき、一対のアーム部材281L・281Rはアーム軸部材285を中心として下部固定部材210に対して回動することが可能である。
このとき、当接部材287は一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rに貫装された状態を保持しつつ、一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rの長手方向に沿って移動することが可能である。
When the arm angle adjusting pin 289 is not inserted into any of the through hole 284R, the through hole 217R, the through hole 217L, the through hole 218R, and the through hole 218L and is not screwed into the screw hole 284L, that is, the arm angle adjusting pin 289. Are pulled out from the lower fixing member 210 and the pair of arm members 281L and 281R, the pair of arm members 281L and 281R can rotate with respect to the lower fixing member 210 about the arm shaft member 285. .
At this time, the abutting member 287 can move along the longitudinal direction of the pair of arc-shaped elongated holes 216L and 216R while maintaining the state of being inserted into the pair of arc-shaped elongated holes 216L and 216R. .

本実施形態では、アーム角度調整ピン289を下部固定部材210および一対のアーム部材281L・281Rから引き抜き、一対のアーム部材281L・281Rを後上方に向かって回動させ(右側面視で反時計回りに回動させ)、アーム角度調整ピン289を下部固定部材210および一対のアーム部材281L・281Rに差しこむことにより、図22の(a)に示す状態から図22の(b)に示す状態に移行する。   In the present embodiment, the arm angle adjustment pin 289 is pulled out from the lower fixing member 210 and the pair of arm members 281L and 281R, and the pair of arm members 281L and 281R are rotated rearward and upward (counterclockwise in the right side view). The arm angle adjusting pin 289 is inserted into the lower fixing member 210 and the pair of arm members 281L and 281R, so that the state shown in FIG. 22 (a) is changed to the state shown in FIG. 22 (b). Transition.

図22の(b)に示す如く、アーム角度調整ピン289が右から左に向かってアーム部材281Rに形成された貫通孔284R、下部固定部材210の右側板212Rに形成された貫通孔218R、および下部固定部材210の左側板212Lに形成された貫通孔218Lに貫装され、かつアーム部材281Lに形成されたネジ孔284Lに螺装されたとき、アーム角度調整ピン289は一対のアーム部材281L・281Rを後上方に向かって回動した位置で下部固定部材210に対して回動不能に固定し、ひいては当接部材281を下部固定部材210に対して移動不能に固定することが可能である。
このとき、当接部材287は一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rの後上端部となる位置に配置される。
As shown in FIG. 22B, the arm angle adjusting pin 289 has a through hole 284R formed in the arm member 281R from the right to the left, a through hole 218R formed in the right side plate 212R of the lower fixing member 210, and When the arm fixing pin 289 is inserted into the through hole 218L formed in the left side plate 212L of the lower fixing member 210 and is screwed into the screw hole 284L formed in the arm member 281L, the arm angle adjusting pin 289 has a pair of arm members 281L. It is possible to fix the contact member 281 to the lower fixing member 210 so that the contact member 281 cannot move.
At this time, the contact member 287 is disposed at a position to be the rear upper end portion of the pair of arc-shaped elongated holes 216L and 216R.

このように、アーム角度調整ピン289を下部固定部材210および一対のアーム部材281L・281Rから引き抜くことにより、下部固定部材210に対する一対のアーム部材281L・281Rの回動角度(アーム角度)を変更(調整)することが可能であり、ひいては下部固定部材210に対する当接部材287の位置を変更(調整)することが可能である。
また、アーム角度調整ピン289を下部固定部材210および一対のアーム部材281L・281Rに差しこむことにより、一対のアーム部材281L・281Rを下部固定部材210に対して回動不能に固定し(下部固定部材210に対する一対のアーム部材281L・281Rの回動角度(アーム角度)を保持し)、ひいては下部固定部材210に対する当接部材287の位置を固定することが可能である。
Thus, by pulling the arm angle adjustment pin 289 from the lower fixing member 210 and the pair of arm members 281L and 281R, the rotation angle (arm angle) of the pair of arm members 281L and 281R with respect to the lower fixing member 210 is changed ( The position of the contact member 287 with respect to the lower fixing member 210 can be changed (adjusted).
Further, by inserting the arm angle adjusting pin 289 into the lower fixing member 210 and the pair of arm members 281L and 281R, the pair of arm members 281L and 281R are fixed to the lower fixing member 210 so as not to be rotatable (lower fixing). It is possible to hold the rotation angle (arm angle) of the pair of arm members 281L and 281R with respect to the member 210) and to fix the position of the contact member 287 with respect to the lower fixing member 210.

図22の(a)に示す状態と図22の(b)に示す状態とでは、下部固定部材210に対する当接部材287の位置が異なるため、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θ(ひいては、下部固定部材210に対する中間部材20の回動角度)が同じ場合における「当接部材287に当接する第一スライダ40の中間部材20に対する相対的な位置(ひいては一対のバネ60・60の全長)」が異なる。
すなわち、下部固定部材210に対する一対のアーム部材281L・281Rの回動角度(アーム角度)を変更(調整)することにより、下部固定部材210に対する当接部材287の位置を変更(調整)し、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の付勢力を変更(調整)することが可能である。
Since the position of the contact member 287 with respect to the lower fixing member 210 is different between the state shown in FIG. 22A and the state shown in FIG. 22B, the rotation of the original cover 3 relative to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is different. “The relative position of the first slider 40 in contact with the contact member 287 relative to the intermediate member 20 (and thus the pair of springs 60) when the moving angle θ (and thus the rotation angle of the intermediate member 20 with respect to the lower fixing member 210) is the same. -60 total length) "is different.
That is, by changing (adjusting) the rotation angle (arm angle) of the pair of arm members 281L and 281R with respect to the lower fixing member 210, the position of the abutting member 287 with respect to the lower fixing member 210 is changed (adjusted). It is possible to change (adjust) the urging force of the pair of springs 60.

以上の如く、ヒンジ200は
複合機1の本体2に固定される下部固定部材210と、
下部固定部材210に対する位置を変更可能かつ固定可能に下部固定部材210に支持されるカム部材280と、
下部固定部材210に回動可能に連結されるとともに原稿圧着板3に固定される第二ウイング部材(本実施形態では、中間部材20、上部固定部材30、第二スライダ50、第二回動ピン72および受圧ピン73を合わせたもの)と、
第二ウイング部材に支持されつつカム部材280に接近する方向およびカム部材280から離間する方向に移動可能な第一スライダ40と、
第一スライダ40をカム部材280に接近する方向に付勢することにより第一スライダ40をカム部材280に当接させる一対のバネ60・60と、
を具備する。
このように構成することにより、ヒンジ200を複合機1の本体2および原稿圧着板3から取り外す、あるいは一対のバネ60・60を交換するといった作業を伴わずに一対のバネ60・60の付勢力を容易に調整することが可能である。
As described above, the hinge 200 includes the lower fixing member 210 that is fixed to the main body 2 of the multifunction device 1,
A cam member 280 supported by the lower fixing member 210 so that the position relative to the lower fixing member 210 can be changed and fixed;
A second wing member rotatably connected to the lower fixing member 210 and fixed to the original cover 3 (in the present embodiment, the intermediate member 20, the upper fixing member 30, the second slider 50, the second rotating pin). 72 and pressure receiving pin 73)
A first slider 40 movable in a direction approaching the cam member 280 and a direction away from the cam member 280 while being supported by the second wing member;
A pair of springs 60 and 60 for bringing the first slider 40 into contact with the cam member 280 by urging the first slider 40 in a direction approaching the cam member 280;
It comprises.
With this configuration, the biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 is not involved without removing the hinge 200 from the main body 2 and the original cover 3 of the multifunction machine 1 or exchanging the pair of springs 60 and 60. Can be easily adjusted.

また、ヒンジ200のカム部材280は、
一端部(下端部)が下部固定部材210に回動可能に連結される一対のアーム部材281L・281Rと、
両端部(左端部および右端部)が一対のアーム部材281L・281Rの他端部(上端部)に支持され、中途部には第一スライダ40に当接する面である当接面287aが形成される当接部材287と、
下部固定部材210に対する一対のアーム部材281L・281Rの回動角度(アーム角度)を変更可能かつ固定可能に一対のアーム部材281L・281Rを下部固定部材210に固定するアーム角度調整ピン289と、
を具備する。
このように構成することにより、下部固定部材210に対して一対のアーム部材281L・281Rを回動させるだけで一対のバネ60・60の付勢力を容易に調整することが可能である。
The cam member 280 of the hinge 200 is
A pair of arm members 281L and 281R whose one end portions (lower end portions) are rotatably connected to the lower fixing member 210;
Both end portions (left end portion and right end portion) are supported by the other end portions (upper end portions) of the pair of arm members 281L and 281R, and a contact surface 287a that is a surface that contacts the first slider 40 is formed in the middle portion. A contact member 287,
Arm angle adjustment pins 289 for fixing the pair of arm members 281L and 281R to the lower fixing member 210 so that the rotation angle (arm angle) of the pair of arm members 281L and 281R with respect to the lower fixing member 210 can be changed and fixed;
It comprises.
With this configuration, it is possible to easily adjust the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 simply by rotating the pair of arm members 281L and 281R with respect to the lower fixing member 210.

また、ヒンジ200が具備する第一回動ピン71は、
原稿圧着板3が複合機1の本体2に対して閉じているときを基準として第二ウイング部材(本実施形態では、中間部材20、上部固定部材30、第二スライダ50、第二回動ピン72および受圧ピン73を合わせたもの)が第一ウイング部材(本実施形態の場合、下部固定部材210)に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したとき(本実施形態の場合、回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったとき)に第一スライダ40に当接することにより、第一スライダ40がカム部材280に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、第一スライダ40をカム部材280から離間させる。
このように構成することにより、ヒンジ200の第二ウイング部材をヒンジ200の第一ウイング部材に対して回動させることにより回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったときには、カム部材280には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力が作用しなくなる。
従って、回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったときには、下部固定部材210に対して一対のアーム部材281L・281Rを回動させることにより当接部材287を下部固定部材210に対して移動させる作業が容易となる(下部固定部材210に対して一対のアーム部材281L・281Rを回動させる作業を行う場合に大きな力を要さない)。
In addition, the first rotation pin 71 included in the hinge 200 is:
The second wing member (in the present embodiment, the intermediate member 20, the upper fixing member 30, the second slider 50, the second rotation pin) is based on the time when the document pressing plate 3 is closed with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1. 72 and the pressure receiving pin 73) are rotated by a predetermined angle or more in the opening direction with respect to the first wing member (in the case of the present embodiment, the lower fixing member 210) (in the case of the present embodiment, the rotation). When the angle θ becomes larger than φ °), the first slider 40 is restricted from moving in a direction approaching the cam member 280 by contacting the first slider 40, and the first slider 40 is moved to the cam member. Separate from 280.
With this configuration, when the rotation angle θ is larger than φ ° by rotating the second wing member of the hinge 200 with respect to the first wing member of the hinge 200, the cam member 280 includes The biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 does not act.
Therefore, when the rotation angle θ is larger than φ °, the contact member 287 is moved relative to the lower fixing member 210 by rotating the pair of arm members 281L and 281R with respect to the lower fixing member 210. Work becomes easy (when a work for rotating the pair of arm members 281L and 281R with respect to the lower fixing member 210 is performed, a large force is not required).

本実施形態では回動角度θがφ°よりも大きいときに第一回動ピン71が第一スライダ40に当接し、第一スライダ40がカム部材280から離間するが、本発明においてスライド規制部材がスライド部材に当接するときの「所定の角度」は本発明に係るヒンジの用途等に応じて適宜選択されることが望ましい。   In this embodiment, when the rotation angle θ is larger than φ °, the first rotation pin 71 contacts the first slider 40 and the first slider 40 is separated from the cam member 280. It is desirable that the “predetermined angle” when the is in contact with the slide member is appropriately selected according to the use of the hinge according to the present invention.

また、ヒンジ200が具備するアーム角度調整ピン289は、
下部固定部材210において一対のアーム部材281L・281Rの回動中心(本実施形態の場合、貫通孔215L・215R)から等距離となる位置に形成される貫通孔217L・218Lのうちのいずれかおよび貫通孔217R・218Rのうちのいずれか(貫通孔217L・217Rの組み合わせ、または、貫通孔218L・218Rの組み合わせ)に貫装されるとともに、一対のアーム部材281L・281Rに形成されるネジ孔284Lおよび貫通孔284Rに貫装される(厳密には、アーム角度調整ピン289はネジ孔284Lには螺装されることにより貫装される)。
このように構成することにより、簡素な構造で一対のアーム部材281L・281Rを回動可能に固定することが可能である。
The arm angle adjustment pin 289 provided in the hinge 200 is
One of the through-holes 217L and 218L formed at an equal distance from the rotation center of the pair of arm members 281L and 281R (the through-holes 215L and 215R in this embodiment) in the lower fixing member 210 and Screw holes 284L formed in the pair of arm members 281L and 281R while being inserted into any of the through holes 217R and 218R (a combination of the through holes 217L and 217R or a combination of the through holes 218L and 218R). And the through hole 284R (strictly speaking, the arm angle adjusting pin 289 is screwed into the screw hole 284L).
With this configuration, the pair of arm members 281L and 281R can be pivotably fixed with a simple structure.

本実施形態では、下部固定部材210には二組の「複数のウイング側貫通孔」、すなわち貫通孔217L・218Lの組および貫通孔217R・218Rの組が形成され、一対のアーム部材281L・281Rには計二つの「アーム部材側貫通孔」、すなわちネジ孔284Lおよび貫通孔284Rが形成されるが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
すなわち、本発明に係るヒンジの下部固定部材に少なくとも一組の「複数のウイング側貫通孔」が形成され、かつ、本発明に係るヒンジの一対のアームの少なくとも一方に一つ以上の「アーム部材側貫通孔」が形成されれば良い。
なお、本実施形態では「複数のウイング側貫通孔」に含まれるウイング側貫通孔の個数は二つであるが、本発明はこれに限定されず、「複数のウイング側貫通孔」に含まれるウイング側貫通孔の個数が三つ以上であっても良い。
In this embodiment, the lower fixing member 210 is formed with two sets of “a plurality of wing side through holes”, that is, a set of through holes 217L and 218L and a set of through holes 217R and 218R, and a pair of arm members 281L and 281R. In total, two “arm member side through holes”, that is, screw holes 284L and through holes 284R are formed, but the present invention is not limited to this.
That is, at least one set of “a plurality of wing side through holes” is formed in the lower fixing member of the hinge according to the present invention, and one or more “arm members” are provided in at least one of the pair of arms of the hinge according to the present invention. A “side through hole” may be formed.
In the present embodiment, the number of the wing side through holes included in the “plurality of wing side through holes” is two, but the present invention is not limited to this and is included in the “plurality of wing side through holes”. The number of wing side through holes may be three or more.

本実施形態では本発明に係るアーム部材側貫通孔の実施の一形態であるネジ孔284Lの内周面に雌ネジを形成し、アーム角度調整ピン289の胴体部289aの一端部に雄ネジ289bを形成し、アーム角度調整ピン289がネジ孔284Lに螺装されることによりアーム角度調整ピン289が下部固定部材210から脱落することを防止しているが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
例えば、アーム角度調整ピン289の胴体部289aの一端部に形成された雄ネジ289bを廃止し、当該一端部をアーム角度調整ピン289の軸線方向に延長し、延長されたアーム角度調整ピン289の胴体部289aの一端部に周方向に延びたリング状の溝を形成し、当該溝にEリングを嵌装することにより、アーム角度調整ピン289が下部固定部材210から脱落しないようにしても良い。
In this embodiment, a female screw is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the screw hole 284L which is an embodiment of the arm member side through hole according to the present invention, and a male screw 289b is formed at one end of the body portion 289a of the arm angle adjustment pin 289. The arm angle adjusting pin 289 is screwed into the screw hole 284L to prevent the arm angle adjusting pin 289 from falling off the lower fixing member 210, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, the male screw 289b formed at one end of the body portion 289a of the arm angle adjustment pin 289 is abolished, the one end is extended in the axial direction of the arm angle adjustment pin 289, and the extended arm angle adjustment pin 289 A ring-shaped groove extending in the circumferential direction is formed at one end of the body 289a, and an E-ring is fitted into the groove so that the arm angle adjustment pin 289 does not fall off the lower fixing member 210. .

また、ヒンジ200の下部固定部材210には一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rが形成され、当接部材287が一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rに貫装されることにより、一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rの内周面が当接部材287の外周面に当接する。
このように構成することにより、当接部材287は一対のアーム部材281L・281Rを介して下部固定部材210に支持されるだけでなく、下部固定部材210に直接的に支持されるので、カム部材280の強度(剛性)が増し、当接部材287の位置が安定する。
A pair of arc-shaped long holes 216L and 216R are formed in the lower fixing member 210 of the hinge 200, and a pair of arc-shaped long holes 216L and 216R are inserted into the pair of arc-shaped long holes 216L and 216R. The inner peripheral surfaces of the long holes 216L and 216R are in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the contact member 287.
With this configuration, the abutting member 287 is not only supported by the lower fixing member 210 via the pair of arm members 281L and 281R but also directly supported by the lower fixing member 210. The strength (rigidity) of 280 increases, and the position of the contact member 287 is stabilized.

本実施形態では一対の円弧状長孔216L・216Rの内周面が当接部材287の外周面に当接することにより当接部材287が下部固定部材210に直接的に支持されるが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
例えば、図25に示す如く、下部固定部材210に対する一対のアーム部材281L・281Rの回動軸を中心とする円弧状の支持面290Lを下部固定部材210に形成し、支持面290Lが当接部材287の外周面に当接しても良い。
In this embodiment, the contact member 287 is directly supported by the lower fixing member 210 by the inner peripheral surfaces of the pair of arc-shaped elongated holes 216L and 216R coming into contact with the outer peripheral surface of the contact member 287. Is not limited to this.
For example, as shown in FIG. 25, an arcuate support surface 290L centering on the rotation axis of a pair of arm members 281L and 281R with respect to the lower fixing member 210 is formed on the lower fixing member 210, and the supporting surface 290L is the contact member. You may contact | abut to the outer peripheral surface of 287.

以下では図1、および図26から図36を用いて本発明に係るヒンジの第三実施形態であるヒンジ300について説明する。
図1に示す如く、ヒンジ300は複合機1の本体2に原稿圧着板3を回動可能に連結する。
以下では便宜上、ヒンジ300を構成する各部材のうち「図1から図16に示すヒンジ100と同じ形状の部材」については、図1から図16に示すヒンジ100において対応する部材と同じ番号を付すことにより詳細な説明を省略する。
Hereinafter, a hinge 300 that is a third embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 26 to 36.
As shown in FIG. 1, the hinge 300 connects the original cover 3 to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 so as to be rotatable.
In the following, for convenience, among members constituting the hinge 300, “members having the same shape as the hinge 100 shown in FIGS. 1 to 16” are denoted by the same reference numerals as the corresponding members in the hinge 100 shown in FIGS. Therefore, detailed description is omitted.

図26、図27および図29に示す如く、ヒンジ300は下部固定部材310、中間部材20、第一回動ピン71、一対の軸受け74・74、上部固定部材30、第二回動ピン72、受圧ピン73、第一スライダ40、第二スライダ50、一対のバネ60・60およびカム部材380を具備する。
以下では便宜上、原稿圧着板3が本体2に対して閉じているとき(回動角度θ=0°のとき)の複合機1の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向を基準として(原稿圧着板3が本体2に対して閉じているときの複合機1の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向をそれぞれヒンジ300の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向に対応させて)ヒンジ300を構成する各部材の形状を説明する(図1および図35参照)。
26, 27 and 29, the hinge 300 includes a lower fixing member 310, an intermediate member 20, a first rotating pin 71, a pair of bearings 74 and 74, an upper fixing member 30, a second rotating pin 72, A pressure receiving pin 73, a first slider 40, a second slider 50, a pair of springs 60 and 60, and a cam member 380 are provided.
In the following, for the sake of convenience, when the original cover 3 is closed with respect to the main body 2 (when the rotation angle θ = 0 °), the vertical direction, the front / rear direction, and the left / right direction of the multifunction machine 1 are used as references (the original cover 3). The shape of each member constituting the hinge 300 is such that the up-down direction, the front-rear direction, and the left-right direction of the multifunction machine 1 when the is closed with respect to the main body 2 correspond to the up-down direction, the front-rear direction, and the left-right direction of the hinge 300, respectively. Will be described (see FIGS. 1 and 35).

図28に示す下部固定部材310は本発明に係る第一ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。本実施形態の下部固定部材310は一枚の金属板を適宜折り曲げることにより成形される。
下部固定部材310は底板311、左側板312L、右側板312Rおよび背板3169を具備する。
A lower fixing member 310 shown in FIG. 28 is an embodiment of the first wing member according to the present invention. The lower fixing member 310 of the present embodiment is formed by appropriately bending a single metal plate.
The lower fixing member 310 includes a bottom plate 311, a left side plate 312L, a right side plate 312R, and a back plate 3169.

底板311は下部固定部材310の下部を成す板状の部材である。底板311は上下一対の板面を有する。底板311の形状は平面視で概ね左右方向にやや長い長方形である。   The bottom plate 311 is a plate-like member that forms the lower part of the lower fixing member 310. The bottom plate 311 has a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces. The shape of the bottom plate 311 is a rectangle that is slightly long in the left-right direction in plan view.

底板311の前端部かつ左右中央部からわずかに左寄りとなる部分には貫通孔311aが形成される。貫通孔311aは底板311の上下一対の板面を貫通する。   A through-hole 311a is formed in the front end portion of the bottom plate 311 and a portion slightly leftward from the left and right central portion. The through hole 311 a penetrates a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces of the bottom plate 311.

底板311の後半部かつ左右中央部からわずかに左寄りとなる部分には係合孔311bが形成される。係合孔311bは底板311の上下一対の板面を貫通する。係合孔311bは第一の貫通孔と当該第一の貫通孔よりも直径が小さい第二の貫通孔とが前後に連なった形状を有する。   An engagement hole 311b is formed in a portion of the bottom plate 311 that is slightly leftward from the rear half portion and the left and right central portions. The engagement hole 311b penetrates a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces of the bottom plate 311. The engagement hole 311b has a shape in which a first through hole and a second through hole having a diameter smaller than that of the first through hole are connected in the front-rear direction.

本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2の上面後部から上方に突出した係合突起(不図示)を係合孔311bに係合し、ネジ(不図示)を貫通孔311aに貫装し、当該ネジを本体2の上面後部に形成されたネジ孔に螺装することにより、底板311、ひいては下部固定部材310が本体2に固定される(図1参照)。   In the present embodiment, an engagement protrusion (not shown) protruding upward from the rear upper surface of the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is engaged with the engagement hole 311b, and a screw (not shown) is inserted into the through hole 311a. By screwing the screw into a screw hole formed in the upper rear portion of the main body 2, the bottom plate 311 and thus the lower fixing member 310 are fixed to the main body 2 (see FIG. 1).

左側板312Lは下部固定部材310の左側部を成す板状の部材である。左側板312Lは左右一対の板面を有する。左側板312Lは側面視で概ね前下がりの階段の如き形状を有する。左側板312Lの下端部は底板311の左端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板311および左側板312Lが形成される)。   The left side plate 312L is a plate-like member that forms the left side portion of the lower fixing member 310. The left side plate 312L has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The left side plate 312L has a shape like a staircase that is generally forwardly lowered in a side view. The lower end portion of the left side plate 312L is connected to the left end portion of the bottom plate 311 (the bottom plate 311 and the left side plate 312L are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

左側板312Lの後上端部には貫通孔313Lが形成される。貫通孔313Lは左側板312Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 313L is formed at the rear upper end of the left side plate 312L. The through hole 313L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 312L.

左側板312Lにおいて貫通孔313Lの後下方となる部分には貫通孔314Lが形成される。貫通孔314Lは左側板312Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。貫通孔314Lの形状は側面視で上下方向に細長い長方形である。   A through hole 314L is formed in a portion of the left side plate 312L that is located below the through hole 313L. The through hole 314L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 312L. The shape of the through hole 314L is a rectangle elongated in the vertical direction in a side view.

左側板312Lにおいて貫通孔313Lの前下方となる部分には嵌合孔315Lが形成される。嵌合孔315Lは本発明に係る嵌合孔の実施の一形態である。嵌合孔315Lは左側板312Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
本実施形態の嵌合孔315Lは側面視で中心が一致するとともに45°だけ位相(回転角度)がずれた二つの正方形を重ねた形状を有する(嵌合孔315Lの側面視形状は中心が一致するとともに45°だけ位相(回転角度)がずれた二つの正方形を重ねた形状である)。嵌合孔315Lの内周面は本発明に係る嵌合面の実施の一形態である。
A fitting hole 315L is formed in a portion of the left side plate 312L which is the front lower side of the through hole 313L. The fitting hole 315L is an embodiment of the fitting hole according to the present invention. The fitting hole 315L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 312L.
The fitting hole 315L of the present embodiment has a shape in which the centers coincide with each other in a side view and two squares whose phases (rotation angles) are shifted from each other by 45 ° are overlapped. In addition, two squares whose phases (rotation angles) are shifted by 45 ° are overlapped). The inner peripheral surface of the fitting hole 315L is an embodiment of the fitting surface according to the present invention.

右側板312Rは下部固定部材310の右側部を成す板状の部材である。右側板312Rは左右一対の板面を有する。右側板312Rは側面視で概ね前下がりの階段の如き形状を有する。右側板312Rの下端部は底板311の右端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板311および右側板312Rが形成される)。   The right side plate 312R is a plate-like member that forms the right side portion of the lower fixing member 310. The right side plate 312R has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The right side plate 312R has a shape like a staircase that is generally forwardly lowered in a side view. The lower end portion of the right side plate 312R is connected to the right end portion of the bottom plate 311 (the bottom plate 311 and the right side plate 312R are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

右側板312Rの後上端部には貫通孔313Rが形成される。貫通孔313Rは右側板312Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 313R is formed at the rear upper end of the right side plate 312R. The through hole 313R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 312R.

右側板312Rにおいて貫通孔313Rの後下方となる部分には貫通孔314Rが形成される。貫通孔314Rは右側板312Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。貫通孔314Rの形状は側面視で上下方向に細長い長方形である。   A through hole 314R is formed in a portion of the right side plate 312R that is located below the through hole 313R. The through hole 314R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 312R. The shape of the through hole 314R is a rectangle elongated in the vertical direction in a side view.

右側板312Rにおいて貫通孔313Rの前下方となる部分には嵌合孔315Rが形成される。嵌合孔315Rは本発明に係る嵌合孔の実施の一形態である。嵌合孔315Rは右側板312Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。
本実施形態の嵌合孔315Rは側面視で中心が一致するとともに45°だけ位相(回転角度)がずれた二つの正方形を重ねた形状を有する(嵌合孔315Rの側面視形状は中心が一致するとともに45°だけ位相(回転角度)がずれた二つの正方形を重ねた形状である)。嵌合孔315Rの内周面は本発明に係る嵌合面の実施の一形態である。
A fitting hole 315R is formed in a portion of the right side plate 312R which is the front lower side of the through hole 313R. The fitting hole 315R is an embodiment of the fitting hole according to the present invention. The fitting hole 315R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 312R.
The fitting hole 315R of the present embodiment has a shape in which the centers coincide with each other when viewed from the side, and two squares whose phases (rotation angles) are shifted by 45 ° are stacked (the shape of the fitting hole 315R in the side view coincides with the center). In addition, two squares whose phases (rotation angles) are shifted by 45 ° are overlapped). The inner peripheral surface of the fitting hole 315R is an embodiment of the fitting surface according to the present invention.

背板316は下部固定部材310の後部を成す板状の部材である。背板316は前後一対の板面を有する。背板316の形状は正面視で概ね長方形である。
背板316の下端部は底板311の後端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板311および背板316が形成される)。
The back plate 316 is a plate-like member that forms the rear portion of the lower fixing member 310. The back plate 316 has a pair of front and rear plate surfaces. The shape of the back plate 316 is generally rectangular when viewed from the front.
The lower end of the back plate 316 is connected to the rear end of the bottom plate 311 (the bottom plate 311 and the back plate 316 are formed by bending a single metal plate at a right angle).

背板316の左端部には左側方に突出する突起部316Lが形成され、背板316の右端部には右側方に突出する突起部316Rが形成される。
突起部316Lが貫通孔314Lに貫装されるとともに突起部316Rが貫通孔314Rに貫装されることにより、下部固定部材310は強固な構造体を成す。
A protrusion 316L that protrudes to the left is formed at the left end of the back plate 316, and a protrusion 316R that protrudes to the right is formed at the right end of the back plate 316.
The lower fixing member 310 forms a strong structure by the protrusion 316L penetrating through the through hole 314L and the protrusion 316R penetrating through the through hole 314R.

図28および図29に示す如く、貫通孔313L・313Rにそれぞれ軸受け74・74を嵌装し、軸受け74・74に第一回動ピン71を貫装することにより、第一回動ピン71は軸受け74・74を介して下部固定部材310に回転可能に軸支される。   As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, bearings 74 and 74 are fitted into the through holes 313L and 313R, respectively, and the first rotating pin 71 is inserted into the bearings 74 and 74, whereby the first rotating pin 71 is It is rotatably supported by the lower fixing member 310 via bearings 74 and 74.

図26、図27および図29に示すカム部材380は本発明に係るカム部材の実施の一形態である。カム部材380は下部固定部材310に支持される。
図29に示す如く、本実施形態のカム部材380は当接部材381および左右一対の嵌合部材382・382を具備する。
The cam member 380 shown in FIGS. 26, 27 and 29 is an embodiment of the cam member according to the present invention. The cam member 380 is supported by the lower fixing member 310.
As shown in FIG. 29, the cam member 380 of this embodiment includes a contact member 381 and a pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382.

図30および図31に示す当接部材381は本発明に係る当接部材の実施の一形態である。当接部材381は胴体部381aおよび一対の固定部381c・381cを具備する。
本実施形態の当接部材381は金属材料からなり、胴体部381aおよび一対の固定部381c・381cが一体的に成形される。
A contact member 381 shown in FIGS. 30 and 31 is an embodiment of the contact member according to the present invention. The abutting member 381 includes a body portion 381a and a pair of fixing portions 381c and 381c.
The contact member 381 of the present embodiment is made of a metal material, and the body portion 381a and the pair of fixing portions 381c and 381c are integrally formed.

胴体部381aは一対の端面および外周面を有し、左右方向に延びた(軸線方向が左右方向に平行となる)概ね円柱形状の部分である。胴体部381aの外周面の中途部(本実施形態の場合、胴体部381aの外周面のうち一対の端面の近傍となる部分を除いた部分)は当接面381bを成す。   The body portion 381a has a pair of end surfaces and an outer peripheral surface, and is a substantially cylindrical portion that extends in the left-right direction (the axial direction is parallel to the left-right direction). A midway portion of the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 381a (in the case of the present embodiment, a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 381a excluding a portion near the pair of end surfaces) forms a contact surface 381b.

一対の固定部381c・381cは側面視正方形かつ左右方向にやや長い直方体形状の部分である。一対の固定部381c・381cはそれぞれ胴体部381aの両端部(左端部および右端部)に繋がっている。
図31の(b)に示す如く、側面視で一対の固定部381c・381cの中心O2は胴体部381aの中心O1に対して後上方にずれている。
The pair of fixing portions 381c and 381c are rectangular parallelepiped portions that are square in side view and slightly longer in the left-right direction. The pair of fixed portions 381c and 381c are respectively connected to both end portions (left end portion and right end portion) of the body portion 381a.
As shown in FIG. 31B, the center O2 of the pair of fixing portions 381c and 381c is shifted rearward and upward with respect to the center O1 of the body portion 381a in a side view.

左右一対の嵌合部材382・382は本発明に係る回転角度変更部材の実施の一形態である。
本実施形態の左右一対の嵌合部材382・382は樹脂材料からなる。
左右一対の嵌合部材382・382のうち、左側の嵌合部材382の形状は右側の嵌合部材382の形状に対して左右対称である。
以下では図32および図33を用いて左右一対の嵌合部材382・382のうち左側の嵌合部材382について説明し、右側の嵌合部材382については詳細な説明を省略する。
The pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382 are an embodiment of the rotation angle changing member according to the present invention.
The pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382 of the present embodiment are made of a resin material.
Of the pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382, the shape of the left fitting member 382 is bilaterally symmetric with respect to the shape of the right fitting member 382.
The left fitting member 382 of the pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 32 and 33, and detailed description of the right fitting member 382 will be omitted.

左側の嵌合部材382は胴体部382aおよびフランジ部382cを具備する。
左側の嵌合部材382における胴体部382aは左右方向に薄い直方体形状の部分であり、側面視で正方形の右面、平面視で前後方向に長い長方形の上面および下面、並びに、正面視で上下方向に長い前面および後面を有する(左側の胴体部382aには、右面、上面、下面、前面および後面が形成される。)。
本実施形態では、左側の嵌合部材382における胴体部382aの上面、下面、前面および後面がいずれも係止面382b・382b・382b・382bを成す。係止面382b・382b・382b・382bは本発明に係る係止面の実施の一形態である。
The left fitting member 382 includes a body portion 382a and a flange portion 382c.
The body portion 382a of the left fitting member 382 is a thin rectangular parallelepiped portion in the left-right direction, the right side of the square in a side view, the upper and lower surfaces of a rectangle that is long in the front-rear direction, and the up-down direction in a front view. It has a long front surface and a rear surface (the left body portion 382a has a right surface, an upper surface, a lower surface, a front surface, and a rear surface).
In the present embodiment, the upper surface, the lower surface, the front surface, and the rear surface of the body portion 382a of the left fitting member 382 all form locking surfaces 382b, 382b, 382b, and 382b. The locking surfaces 382b, 382b, 382b, and 382b are one embodiment of the locking surfaces according to the present invention.

左側の嵌合部材382の胴体部382aの側面視における一辺の長さは、下部固定部材310に形成された嵌合孔315Lの側面視における二つの正方形の一辺の長さよりもわずかに小さく、右側の嵌合部材382の胴体部382aの側面視における一辺の長さは、下部固定部材310に形成された嵌合孔315Rの側面視における二つの正方形の一辺の長さよりもわずかに小さい。
従って、左側の嵌合部材382(の胴体部382a)を嵌合孔315Lに着脱可能に嵌装することが可能であり、右側の嵌合部材382(の胴体部382a)を嵌合孔315Rに着脱可能に嵌装することが可能である。
The length of one side in the side view of the body portion 382a of the left fitting member 382 is slightly smaller than the length of one side of the two squares in the side view of the fitting hole 315L formed in the lower fixing member 310. The length of one side in the side view of the body portion 382a of the fitting member 382 is slightly smaller than the length of one side of the two squares in the side view of the fitting hole 315R formed in the lower fixing member 310.
Therefore, the left fitting member 382 (the body portion 382a) can be detachably fitted into the fitting hole 315L, and the right fitting member 382 (the body portion 382a) is fitted into the fitting hole 315R. It can be detachably fitted.

左側の嵌合部材382におけるフランジ部382cは左右一対の盤面および外周面を有する薄い円盤形状の部分である。左側の嵌合部材382におけるフランジ部382cは左側の嵌合部材382における胴体部382aの右側に繋がっている。
図33の(b)に示す如く、本実施形態では、側面視で胴体部382aの中心とフランジ部382cの中心とが一致し、これらの一致した中心が嵌合部材382の中心O4を成す。また、側面視でフランジ部382cの直径は胴体部382aの外接円の直径よりも大きい。
The flange portion 382c of the left fitting member 382 is a thin disk-shaped portion having a pair of left and right disk surfaces and an outer peripheral surface. The flange portion 382c in the left fitting member 382 is connected to the right side of the body portion 382a in the left fitting member 382.
As shown in FIG. 33 (b), in the present embodiment, the center of the body portion 382a and the center of the flange portion 382c coincide with each other in a side view, and these coincident centers form the center O4 of the fitting member 382. Moreover, the diameter of the flange part 382c is larger than the diameter of the circumscribed circle of the trunk | drum 382a by a side view.

左側の嵌合部材382には固定孔382dが形成される。固定孔382dは左側の嵌合部材382を左右方向に貫通する(胴体部382aの右面からフランジ部382cの左側の盤面まで貫通する)。固定孔382dの側面視形状は正方形である。
図33の(b)に示す如く、側面視で固定孔382dの中心O3は左側の嵌合部材382の中心O4の前下方にずれている。
A fixing hole 382d is formed in the left fitting member 382. The fixing hole 382d penetrates the left fitting member 382 in the left-right direction (through the right surface of the body portion 382a to the left surface of the flange portion 382c). The fixed hole 382d has a square shape when viewed from the side.
As shown in FIG. 33B, the center O3 of the fixing hole 382d is shifted to the front lower side of the center O4 of the left fitting member 382 in a side view.

左側の嵌合部材382の固定孔382dの側面視における一辺の長さは、当接部材381の左側の固定部381cの側面視における一辺の長さよりもわずかに大きく、右側の嵌合部材382の固定孔382dの側面視における一辺の長さは、当接部材381の右側の固定部381cの側面視における一辺の長さよりもわずかに大きい。   The length of one side in the side view of the fixing hole 382d of the left fitting member 382 is slightly larger than the length of one side in the side view of the fixing portion 381c on the left side of the contact member 381, and The length of one side in the side view of the fixing hole 382d is slightly larger than the length of one side in the side view of the fixing portion 381c on the right side of the contact member 381.

図28および図29に示す如く、当接部材381を下部固定部材310の一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rを貫通する位置に配置し、当接部材381の左側の固定部381cを左側の嵌合部材382の固定孔382dに嵌装しつつ左側の嵌合部材382の胴体部382aを下部固定部材310の嵌合孔315Lに嵌装し、当接部材381の右側の固定部381cを右側の嵌合部材382の固定孔382dに嵌装しつつ右側の嵌合部材382の胴体部382aを下部固定部材310の嵌合孔315Rに嵌装することにより、当接部材381の左右の両端部はそれぞれ左右一対の嵌合部材382・382を介して下部固定部材310に支持される。   28 and 29, the contact member 381 is disposed at a position penetrating the pair of fitting holes 315L and 315R of the lower fixing member 310, and the left fixing portion 381c of the contact member 381 is fitted on the left side. The body portion 382a of the left fitting member 382 is fitted into the fitting hole 315L of the lower fixing member 310 while being fitted into the fixing hole 382d of the member 382, and the right fixing portion 381c of the contact member 381 is fitted to the right side. By fitting the body portion 382a of the right fitting member 382 into the fitting hole 315R of the lower fixing member 310 while fitting in the fixing hole 382d of the joint member 382, the left and right ends of the contact member 381 are respectively It is supported by the lower fixing member 310 via a pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382.

当接部材381の左側の固定部381cが左側の嵌合部材382の固定孔382dに嵌装されたとき、当接部材381の左側の固定部381cの上面、下面、前面および後面はそれぞれ左側の嵌合部材382の固定孔382dの四つの平面からなる内周面に当接する。
その結果、当接部材381は当接部材381の軸(本実施形態の場合、左右方向に平行な軸)周りに相対回転不能に左側の嵌合部材382に固定される。
When the left fixed portion 381c of the contact member 381 is fitted in the fixing hole 382d of the left fitting member 382, the upper surface, the lower surface, the front surface, and the rear surface of the left fixed portion 381c of the contact member 381 are on the left side. The fitting member 382 comes into contact with the inner peripheral surface composed of four planes of the fixing hole 382d.
As a result, the abutting member 381 is fixed to the left fitting member 382 so as not to be relatively rotatable around the axis of the abutting member 381 (in this embodiment, an axis parallel to the left-right direction).

当接部材381の右側の固定部381cが右側の嵌合部材382の固定孔382dに嵌装されたとき、当接部材381の右側の固定部381cの上面、下面、前面および後面はそれぞれ右側の嵌合部材382の固定孔382dの四つの平面からなる内周面に当接する。
その結果、当接部材381は当接部材381の軸周りに相対回転不能に右側の嵌合部材382に固定される。
When the right fixing portion 381c of the contact member 381 is fitted into the fixing hole 382d of the right fitting member 382, the upper surface, the lower surface, the front surface, and the rear surface of the right fixing portion 381c of the contact member 381 are on the right side. The fitting member 382 comes into contact with the inner peripheral surface composed of four planes of the fixing hole 382d.
As a result, the contact member 381 is fixed to the right fitting member 382 so as not to be relatively rotatable around the axis of the contact member 381.

左側の嵌合部材382の胴体部382aが下部固定部材310の嵌合孔315Lに嵌装されたとき、左側の嵌合部材382の四つの係止面382b・382b・382b・382bが下部固定部材310の嵌合孔315Lの内周面に当接する。
その結果、左側の嵌合部材382は左側の嵌合部材382の軸(本実施形態の場合、左右方向に平行な軸)周りに相対回転不能に下部固定部材310に支持される。
When the body portion 382a of the left fitting member 382 is fitted into the fitting hole 315L of the lower fixing member 310, the four locking surfaces 382b, 382b, 382b, and 382b of the left fitting member 382 are the lower fixing member. It abuts on the inner peripheral surface of the fitting hole 315L of 310.
As a result, the left fitting member 382 is supported by the lower fixing member 310 so as not to be relatively rotatable around the axis of the left fitting member 382 (in this embodiment, an axis parallel to the left-right direction).

右側の嵌合部材382の胴体部382aが下部固定部材310の嵌合孔315Rに嵌装されたとき、右側の嵌合部材382の四つの係止面382b・382b・382b・382bは下部固定部材310の嵌合孔315Rの内周面に当接する。
その結果、左側の嵌合部材382は左側の嵌合部材382の軸(本実施形態の場合、左右方向に平行な軸)周りに相対回転不能に下部固定部材310に支持される。
When the body portion 382a of the right fitting member 382 is fitted into the fitting hole 315R of the lower fixing member 310, the four locking surfaces 382b, 382b, 382b, and 382b of the right fitting member 382 are the lower fixing members. It abuts on the inner peripheral surface of the fitting hole 315R of 310.
As a result, the left fitting member 382 is supported by the lower fixing member 310 so as not to be relatively rotatable around the axis of the left fitting member 382 (in this embodiment, an axis parallel to the left-right direction).

このように、当接部材381は、左右一対の嵌合部材382・382を介して、カム軸(本実施形態では、嵌合孔315Lの中心および嵌合孔315Rの中心を通る軸)周りに相対回転不能に下部固定部材310に固定される。   As described above, the contact member 381 is arranged around the cam shaft (in this embodiment, the axis passing through the center of the fitting hole 315L and the center of the fitting hole 315R) via the pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382. It is fixed to the lower fixing member 310 so as not to be relatively rotatable.

図31の(b)、図33の(b)および図34の(a)に示す如く、当接部材381が左右一対の嵌合部材382・382を介してカム軸周りに相対回転不能に下部固定部材310に固定されたとき、嵌合部材382の中心O4はカム軸に一致する。
また、側面視で当接部材381の一対の固定部381c・381cの中心O2は一対の嵌合部材382・382の固定孔382d・382dの中心O3に一致し、胴体部381aの中心O1は嵌合部材382の中心O4に対して前下方にずれた位置に配置される。
31 (b), FIG. 33 (b) and FIG. 34 (a), the abutting member 381 can be relatively rotated around the camshaft through a pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382. When fixed to the fixing member 310, the center O4 of the fitting member 382 coincides with the cam shaft.
Further, the center O2 of the pair of fixing portions 381c and 381c of the contact member 381 coincides with the center O3 of the fixing holes 382d and 382d of the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 in a side view, and the center O1 of the body portion 381a is fitted. The joint member 382 is disposed at a position displaced forward and downward with respect to the center O4.

図27に示す如く、一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力、すなわち、圧縮される方向に弾性変形した一対のバネ60・60が元の形状(外力が作用していないときの形状)に戻ろうとする力(弾性力)により、第一スライダ40は中間部材20の長手方向のうちカム部材380に接近する方向に付勢され、第二スライダ50は中間部材20の長手方向のうち受圧ピン73に接近する方向に付勢される。   As shown in FIG. 27, the urging force generated by the pair of springs 60, 60, that is, the pair of springs 60, 60 elastically deformed in the compression direction is in the original shape (shape when no external force is applied). The first slider 40 is biased in a direction approaching the cam member 380 in the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20 by the force (elastic force) to return, and the second slider 50 is a pressure receiving pin in the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20. It is urged in the direction approaching 73.

そのため、図27に示す如く、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41はカム部材380の当接部材381の当接面381bに当接するとともに、第二スライダ50の受圧ピン支持面52が受圧ピン73の外周面に当接する。
結果として、一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力により、中間部材20(ひいては本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態)は下部固定部材310に対して開く方向(本実施形態では、右側面視で反時計回りとなる方向)に回動するように付勢され、上部固定部材30は中間部材20に対して閉じる方向(本実施形態では、右側面視で反時計回りとなる方向)に回動するように付勢される。
Therefore, as shown in FIG. 27, the cam contact surface 41 of the first slider 40 contacts the contact surface 381b of the contact member 381 of the cam member 380, and the pressure receiving pin support surface 52 of the second slider 50 is the pressure receiving pin. 73 abuts against the outer peripheral surface of 73.
As a result, due to the urging force generated by the pair of springs 60, 60, the intermediate member 20 (and thus one embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention) opens with respect to the lower fixing member 310 (in this embodiment). The upper fixing member 30 is biased so as to rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the right side, and the upper fixing member 30 is rotated counterclockwise when viewed from the right side in the present embodiment. Urged to rotate in the direction).

本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θが0°からφ°までの範囲にあるとき(0°≦θ≦φ°のとき)、上部固定部材30に固定された原稿圧着板3の自重に起因してヒンジ300を閉じようとする回転力と、一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因してヒンジ300を開こうとする回転力と、が概ね平衡するように、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41の形状等が予め定められる。
このように構成することにより、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θが0°からφ°までの範囲において作業者が原稿圧着板3から手を離した場合には、回動角度θが保持される。
In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range from 0 ° to φ ° (when 0 ° ≦ θ ≦ φ °), the upper fixing member 30 The rotational force for closing the hinge 300 due to the weight of the fixed original cover 3 and the rotational force for opening the hinge 300 due to the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 are approximately. The shape or the like of the cam contact surface 41 of the first slider 40 is determined in advance so as to be balanced.
With this configuration, when the operator releases his or her hand from the original pressure plate 3 when the rotation angle θ of the original pressure plate 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range of 0 ° to φ °, The rotation angle θ is maintained.

また、本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲にあるとき(φ°<θ≦90°のとき)、第一スライダ40の回動ピン支持面42が第一回動ピン71の外周面に当接し、第一スライダ40がカム部材380に接近する方向に移動することが規制されるとともに、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41がカム部材380の当接部材381の当接面381bから離間する。
本実施形態の第一回動ピン71の軸線方向に垂直な面における断面形状は円形であるため、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲で変化しても、(厳密には中間部材20に対する上部固定部材30の回動角度が変化しない限りにおいて)中間部材20に対する第一スライダ40の位置、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の全長(一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力)は変化しない(図36参照)。
In this embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range from φ ° to 90 ° (when φ ° <θ ≦ 90 °), the first slider The rotation pin support surface 42 of the 40 is in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the first rotation pin 71, and the movement of the first slider 40 in the direction approaching the cam member 380 is restricted, and the cam of the first slider 40 The contact surface 41 is separated from the contact surface 381 b of the contact member 381 of the cam member 380.
Since the cross-sectional shape of the first rotation pin 71 of the present embodiment in the plane perpendicular to the axial direction is circular, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is from φ ° to 90 °. Even if it changes within the range, the position of the first slider 40 relative to the intermediate member 20 (as long as the rotational angle of the upper fixing member 30 relative to the intermediate member 20 does not change), and thus the total length of the pair of springs 60 and 60 ( The biasing force generated by the pair of springs 60 and 60 does not change (see FIG. 36).

従って、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲にあるときには、(厳密には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因して第一スライダ40の回動ピン支持面42と第一回動ピン71の外周面との当接部分には摩擦力が作用するが)実質的には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力が第一スライダ40を介してカム部材380に作用しなくなり、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因してヒンジ300を開こうとする回転力がヒンジ300に作用しなくなる。
なお、φの値は後述するカム部材380による一対のバネ60・60の付勢力の調整の結果、多少変動する場合がある。
Therefore, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 relative to the main body 2 of the multifunction device 1 is in the range of φ ° to 90 ° (strictly speaking, the first is due to the biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60). A frictional force acts on the contact portion between the rotating pin support surface 42 of the slider 40 and the outer peripheral surface of the first rotating pin 71), but the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 is substantially the first slider. No longer acts on the cam member 380 via 40, and as a result, the rotational force for opening the hinge 300 due to the biasing force of the pair of springs 60, 60 does not act on the hinge 300.
Note that the value of φ may slightly vary as a result of adjustment of the urging force of a pair of springs 60 and 60 by a cam member 380 described later.

以下では、図34を用いてカム部材380による一対のバネ60・60の付勢力の調整について説明する。   Hereinafter, adjustment of the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 by the cam member 380 will be described with reference to FIG.

図34の(a)および(b)に示す如く、下部固定部材310に形成された左右一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rにそれぞれ嵌装される左右一対の嵌合部材382・382の下部固定部材310に対する位相(カム軸を中心とする回転角度)を変更することにより、左右一対の嵌合部材382・382を介して下部固定部材310に支持される当接部材381の位置を変更することが可能である。
本実施形態の場合、隣り合う位相間で45°だけずれた、異なる8つの位相(カム軸を中心とする回転角度)で当接部材381を支持することが可能である。
As shown in FIGS. 34 (a) and 34 (b), the lower fixing member of the pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382 fitted in the pair of left and right fitting holes 315L and 315R formed in the lower fixing member 310, respectively. The position of the contact member 381 supported by the lower fixing member 310 via the pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382 can be changed by changing the phase with respect to 310 (the rotation angle about the cam shaft). Is possible.
In the case of this embodiment, it is possible to support the contact member 381 at eight different phases (rotation angles around the cam shaft) that are shifted by 45 ° between adjacent phases.

図34の(a)に示す状態と図34の(b)に示す状態とでは、下部固定部材310に対する当接部材381の位置が異なるため、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θ(ひいては、下部固定部材310に対する中間部材20の回動角度)が同じ場合における「当接部材381に当接する第一スライダ40の中間部材20に対する相対的な位置(ひいては一対のバネ60・60の全長)」が異なる。
すなわち、嵌合孔315L・315Rにそれぞれ嵌装される左右一対の嵌合部材382・382の下部固定部材310に対する位相(回転角度)を変更することにより、下部固定部材310に対する当接部材381の位置を変更(調整)し、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の付勢力を変更(調整)することが可能である。
Since the position of the contact member 381 with respect to the lower fixing member 310 is different between the state shown in FIG. 34A and the state shown in FIG. 34B, the rotation of the original cover 3 relative to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is different. In the case where the moving angle θ (and hence the rotation angle of the intermediate member 20 with respect to the lower fixing member 310) is the same, “the relative position of the first slider 40 in contact with the contact member 381 relative to the intermediate member 20 (and thus the pair of springs 60). -60 total length) "is different.
That is, by changing the phase (rotation angle) of the pair of left and right fitting members 382 and 382 fitted in the fitting holes 315L and 315R with respect to the lower fixing member 310, the contact member 381 with respect to the lower fixing member 310 is changed. It is possible to change (adjust) the position and thus change (adjust) the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60.

以上の如く、ヒンジ300は、
複合機1の本体2に固定される下部固定部材310と、
下部固定部材310に対する位置を変更可能かつ固定可能に下部固定部材310に支持されるカム部材380と、
下部固定部材310に回動可能に連結されるとともに複合機1の原稿圧着板3に固定される第二ウイング部材(本実施形態では、中間部材20、上部固定部材30、第二スライダ50、第二回動ピン72および受圧ピン73を合わせたもの)と、
第二ウイング部材に支持されつつカム部材380に接近する方向およびカム部材380から離間する方向に移動可能な第一スライダ40と、
第一スライダ40をカム部材380に接近する方向に付勢することにより第一スライダ40をカム部材380に当接させる一対のバネ60・60と、
を具備する。
このように構成することにより、ヒンジ300を複合機1の本体2および原稿圧着板3から取り外す、あるいは一対のバネ60・60を交換するといった作業を伴わずに一対のバネ60・60の付勢力を容易に調整することが可能である。
As described above, the hinge 300 is
A lower fixing member 310 fixed to the main body 2 of the multifunction device 1;
A cam member 380 supported by the lower fixing member 310 so that the position relative to the lower fixing member 310 can be changed and fixed;
A second wing member rotatably connected to the lower fixing member 310 and fixed to the document pressing plate 3 of the multifunction machine 1 (in this embodiment, the intermediate member 20, the upper fixing member 30, the second slider 50, the first slider). A combination of the two rotating pins 72 and the pressure receiving pins 73);
A first slider 40 that is supported by the second wing member and is movable in a direction approaching the cam member 380 and a direction away from the cam member 380;
A pair of springs 60 and 60 for bringing the first slider 40 into contact with the cam member 380 by urging the first slider 40 in a direction approaching the cam member 380;
It comprises.
With this configuration, the biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 is not involved without removing the hinge 300 from the main body 2 and the original cover 3 of the multifunction machine 1 or exchanging the pair of springs 60 and 60. Can be easily adjusted.

また、ヒンジ300のカム部材380は、
両端部が下部固定部材310に(本実施形態の場合、一対の嵌合部材382・382を介して)支持されるとともに、中途部には第一スライダ40(のカム当接面41)に当接する面である当接面381bが形成される当接部材381と、
「下部固定部材310に対する当接部材381のカム軸」周りの回転角度を変更することが可能であるとともに変更後のカム軸周りの回転角度を固定可能な一対の嵌合部材382・382と、
を具備し、
「下部固定部材310に対する当接部材381のカム軸」は、下部固定部材310に対する第二ウイング部材の回動軸(本実施形態の場合、第一回動ピン71)に平行な軸であり、嵌合孔315L・315Rの中心を通る直線がこれに相当する。
このように構成することにより、一対の嵌合部材382・382が一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rに嵌装されたときの下部固定部材310に対する回転角度(カム軸周りの回転角度)を変更するだけで下部固定部材310に対する当接部材381の位置を変更することが可能である。
The cam member 380 of the hinge 300 is
Both end portions are supported by the lower fixing member 310 (in the case of this embodiment, via a pair of fitting members 382 and 382), and the intermediate portion is abutted against the first slider 40 (the cam contact surface 41 thereof). An abutting member 381 on which an abutting surface 381b which is a contacting surface is formed;
A pair of fitting members 382 and 382 capable of changing the rotation angle around the “cam shaft of the abutting member 381 relative to the lower fixing member 310” and fixing the rotation angle around the changed cam shaft;
Comprising
The “cam shaft of the abutting member 381 with respect to the lower fixing member 310” is an axis parallel to the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the lower fixing member 310 (in this embodiment, the first rotation pin 71). A straight line passing through the centers of the fitting holes 315L and 315R corresponds to this.
With this configuration, the rotation angle (rotation angle around the cam shaft) with respect to the lower fixing member 310 when the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 are fitted in the pair of fitting holes 315L and 315R is changed. It is possible to change the position of the contact member 381 with respect to the lower fixing member 310 only.

また、ヒンジ300の一対の嵌合部材382・382は下部固定部材310に形成された一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rに着脱可能に嵌装され、
当接部材381は、一対の嵌合部材382・382に固定され、
一対の嵌合部材382・382が一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rに嵌装され、一対の嵌合部材382・382に形成された係止面382b・382b・・・と一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rの内周面(嵌合面)とが当接することにより、一対の嵌合部材382・382はカム軸(本実施形態では嵌合孔315L・315Rの中心を通る直線)周りの二以上の異なる回転角度で(本実施形態では、45°ずつずれた八つの異なる回転角度で)相対回転不能に下部固定部材310に固定され、
一対の嵌合部材382・382が一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rに嵌装されたとき、当接部材381はカム軸周りの二以上の異なる回転角度ごと(本実施形態では、45°ずつずれた八つの異なる回転角度ごと)に下部固定部材310に対して異なる位置に配置される。
このように構成することにより、ヒンジ300は一対の嵌合部材382・382を一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rに着脱するだけで(部品等を交換せずに)下部固定部材310に対する当接部材381の位置を容易に変更することが可能である。
The pair of fitting members 382 and 382 of the hinge 300 are detachably fitted into a pair of fitting holes 315L and 315R formed in the lower fixing member 310.
The contact member 381 is fixed to the pair of fitting members 382 and 382,
A pair of fitting members 382 and 382 are fitted into the pair of fitting holes 315L and 315R, and locking surfaces 382b, 382b,... Formed on the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 and a pair of fitting holes 315L. When the inner peripheral surface (fitting surface) of 315R abuts, two or more of the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 around the cam shaft (a straight line passing through the centers of the fitting holes 315L and 315R in this embodiment) Are fixed to the lower fixing member 310 so that they cannot rotate relative to each other (in this embodiment, at eight different rotation angles shifted by 45 °),
When the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 are fitted in the pair of fitting holes 315L and 315R, the abutting member 381 is displaced at two or more different rotation angles around the cam shaft (in this embodiment, 45 ° apart). (At eight different rotation angles) with respect to the lower fixing member 310.
By configuring in this way, the hinge 300 can be contacted with the lower fixing member 310 only by attaching and detaching the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 to and from the pair of fitting holes 315L and 315R (without replacing parts and the like). The position of 381 can be easily changed.

本実施形態では、当接部材381は一対の嵌合部材382・382に固定される(当接部材381は嵌合部材382・382に対して相対回転不能に支持される)が、本発明はこれに限定されない。
例えば、当接部材が回転角度変更部材に回転可能に軸支され、回転角度変更部材に対する当接部材の回転軸がカム軸に対してオフセットされていても(回転角度変更部材に対する当接部材の回転軸の軸線方向がカム軸の軸線方向に対して平行かつずれていても)よい。
In this embodiment, the contact member 381 is fixed to the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 (the contact member 381 is supported so as not to rotate relative to the fitting members 382 and 382). It is not limited to this.
For example, even if the contact member is rotatably supported by the rotation angle change member and the rotation shaft of the contact member with respect to the rotation angle change member is offset with respect to the cam shaft (the contact member with respect to the rotation angle change member) The axial direction of the rotating shaft may be parallel to and offset from the axial direction of the cam shaft.

なお、当接部材が実質的に回転体形状(例えば、円柱形状等)である場合には、当該当接部材の中心軸がカム軸に対してオフセットされていることを要する。これは、以下の理由による。
実質的に回転体形状を有する当接部材の中心軸がカム軸に対してオフセットされている場合、回転角度変更部材のカム軸周りの回転角度が変更されることにより第一ウイング部材に対する当接部材の位置を変更することが可能である。
これに対して、実質的に回転体形状を有する当接部材の中心軸がカム軸に対してオフセットされていない(当該当接部材の中心軸がカム軸に一致する)場合、回転角度変更部材のカム軸周りの回転角度が変更されても当接部材は自己の中心軸を中心として回転するだけであるため、実質的には第一ウイング部材に対する当接部材の位置が変更されないこととなる。
When the contact member has a substantially rotating body shape (for example, a columnar shape or the like), the center axis of the contact member needs to be offset with respect to the cam shaft. This is due to the following reason.
When the central axis of the contact member having a substantially rotating body shape is offset with respect to the cam shaft, the rotation angle of the rotation angle changing member around the cam shaft is changed to contact the first wing member. It is possible to change the position of the member.
On the other hand, when the center axis of the contact member having a substantially rotating body shape is not offset with respect to the cam shaft (the center axis of the contact member coincides with the cam shaft), the rotation angle changing member Even if the rotation angle around the cam shaft is changed, the contact member only rotates about its central axis, so that the position of the contact member with respect to the first wing member is not substantially changed. .

本実施形態のカム部材380は一対の嵌合部材382・382を具備するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
例えば、一対の嵌合部材382・382のうちの一つを省略し、当接部材381の両端部のうち省略された嵌合部材382に対応する方の端部を下部固定部材310にカム軸周りに回転可能に軸支しても良い。
The cam member 380 of this embodiment includes a pair of fitting members 382 and 382, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, one of the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 is omitted, and the end of the contact member 381 corresponding to the omitted fitting member 382 is connected to the lower fixing member 310 on the cam shaft. A shaft may be rotatably supported around the periphery.

本実施形態の当接部材381および一対の嵌合部材382・382はそれぞれ別体であるが、本発明はこれに限定されない。例えば、当接部材および回転角度変更部材が一体的に成形されても良い。
ただし、当接部材および回転角度変更部材が一体的に成形される場合には、回転角度変更部材に対応する部分が第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に嵌装された状態と嵌装されない状態(嵌合孔から引き抜かれた状態)とを切り替え可能とするために、当接部材および回転角度変更部材に対応する部分の大きさおよび形状を適宜選択する必要がある。例えば、カム軸の軸線方向から見て当接部材に対応する部分が回転角度変更部材に対応する部分に隠れるような形状としても良い。
The contact member 381 and the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 of the present embodiment are separate bodies, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the contact member and the rotation angle changing member may be integrally formed.
However, when the contact member and the rotation angle changing member are integrally formed, the state corresponding to the state in which the portion corresponding to the rotation angle changing member is fitted in the fitting hole formed in the first wing member In order to be able to switch between a state where the contact member is not pulled out (a state where the member is pulled out from the fitting hole), it is necessary to appropriately select the size and shape of the portion corresponding to the contact member and the rotation angle changing member. For example, the portion corresponding to the contact member as viewed from the axial direction of the cam shaft may be hidden by the portion corresponding to the rotation angle changing member.

また、ヒンジ300が具備する第一回動ピン71は、
原稿圧着板3が複合機1の本体2に対して閉じているときを基準として第二ウイング部材(本実施形態では、中間部材20、上部固定部材30、第二スライダ50、第二回動ピン72および受圧ピン73を合わせたもの)が第一ウイング部材(本実施形態の場合、下部固定部材310)に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したとき(本実施形態の場合、回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったとき)に第一スライダ40に当接することにより、第一スライダ40がカム部材380に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、第一スライダ40をカム部材380から離間させる。
このように構成することにより、ヒンジ300の第二ウイング部材をヒンジ300の第一ウイング部材に対して回動させることにより回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったときには、カム部材380には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力が作用しなくなる。
従って、回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったときには、一対の嵌合部材382・382を一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rに嵌装するときのカム軸周りの回転角度を変更することにより当接部材381を下部固定部材310に対して移動させる作業が容易となる(一対の嵌合部材382・382を一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rから引き抜き、カム軸周りの回転角度を変更して一対の嵌合孔315L・315Rに嵌装する作業を行う場合に大きな力を要さない)。
Further, the first rotation pin 71 included in the hinge 300 is:
The second wing member (in the present embodiment, the intermediate member 20, the upper fixing member 30, the second slider 50, the second rotation pin) is based on the time when the document pressing plate 3 is closed with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1. 72 and the pressure receiving pin 73) are rotated by a predetermined angle or more in the opening direction with respect to the first wing member (in the case of the present embodiment, the lower fixing member 310) (in the case of the present embodiment, the rotation). When the angle θ is greater than φ °), the first slider 40 is prevented from moving in a direction approaching the cam member 380 by contacting the first slider 40, and the first slider 40 is moved to the cam member. Separate from 380.
With this configuration, when the rotation angle θ becomes larger than φ ° by rotating the second wing member of the hinge 300 with respect to the first wing member of the hinge 300, the cam member 380 The biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 does not act.
Therefore, when the rotation angle θ is larger than φ °, the rotation angle around the cam shaft when the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 are fitted into the pair of fitting holes 315L and 315R is changed. The operation of moving the contact member 381 relative to the lower fixing member 310 is facilitated (the pair of fitting members 382 and 382 are pulled out from the pair of fitting holes 315L and 315R, and the rotation angle around the cam shaft is changed. A large force is not required when performing the work of fitting in the pair of fitting holes 315L and 315R).

本実施形態では回動角度θがφ°よりも大きいときに第一回動ピン71が第一スライダ40に当接し、第一スライダ40がカム部材380から離間するが、本発明においてスライド規制部材がスライド部材に当接するときの「所定の角度」は本発明に係るヒンジの用途等に応じて適宜選択されることが望ましい。   In this embodiment, when the rotation angle θ is larger than φ °, the first rotation pin 71 contacts the first slider 40 and the first slider 40 is separated from the cam member 380. It is desirable that the “predetermined angle” when the is in contact with the slide member is appropriately selected according to the use of the hinge according to the present invention.

本実施形態では係止面382b・382b・・・が形成される部分である一対の嵌合部材382・382の胴体部382aをカム軸の長手方向から見た形状(側面視形状)は正四角形であり、嵌合面(嵌合孔315L・315Rの内周面)が形成される部分である嵌合孔315L・315Rをカム軸の長手方向から見た形状(側面視形状)は中心が一致するとともに45°だけ位相(回転角度)がずれた二つの正方形を重ねた形状であるが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
例えば、嵌合部材に三角柱状の部分を形成するとともに当該三角柱状の部分の三つの側面を係止面と成し、第一ウイング部材に当該三角柱状の部分を嵌装することが可能な正三角形の貫通孔を形成してこれを嵌合孔としても良い。
In this embodiment, the shape (side view shape) of the body portion 382a of the pair of fitting members 382 and 382, which are portions where the locking surfaces 382b, 382b. The shape (side view shape) of the fitting holes 315L and 315R as seen from the longitudinal direction of the camshaft is the center where the fitting surfaces (inner circumferential surfaces of the fitting holes 315L and 315R) are formed. In addition, although the two squares whose phases (rotation angles) are shifted by 45 ° are overlapped, the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, a triangular prism-shaped portion is formed on the fitting member, and three side surfaces of the triangular column-shaped portion are formed as locking surfaces, and the triangular column-shaped portion can be fitted on the first wing member. A triangular through hole may be formed and used as a fitting hole.

以下では図1、図30、図31、および図37から図48を用いて本発明に係るヒンジの第四実施形態であるヒンジ400について説明する。
図1に示す如く、ヒンジ400は複合機1の本体2に原稿圧着板3を回動可能に連結する。
以下では便宜上、ヒンジ400を構成する各部材のうち「図1から図16に示すヒンジ100と同じ形状の部材」については、図1から図16に示すヒンジ100において対応する部材と同じ番号を付すことにより詳細な説明を省略する。
Hereinafter, a hinge 400 that is a fourth embodiment of the hinge according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1, 30, 31, and 37 to 48.
As shown in FIG. 1, the hinge 400 connects the original cover 3 to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 so as to be rotatable.
Hereinafter, for the sake of convenience, among the members constituting the hinge 400, “members having the same shape as the hinge 100 shown in FIGS. 1 to 16” are denoted by the same reference numerals as the corresponding members in the hinge 100 shown in FIGS. Therefore, detailed description is omitted.

図37、図38および図40に示す如く、ヒンジ400は下部固定部材410、中間部材20、第一回動ピン71、一対の軸受け74・74、上部固定部材30、第二回動ピン72、受圧ピン73、第一スライダ40、第二スライダ50、一対のバネ60・60およびカム部材480を具備する。
以下では便宜上、原稿圧着板3が本体2に対して閉じているとき(回動角度θ=0°のとき)の複合機1の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向を基準として(原稿圧着板3が本体2に対して閉じているときの複合機1の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向をそれぞれヒンジ400の上下方向、前後方向および左右方向に対応させて)ヒンジ400を構成する各部材の形状を説明する(図1および図47参照)。
37, 38 and 40, the hinge 400 includes a lower fixing member 410, an intermediate member 20, a first rotating pin 71, a pair of bearings 74 and 74, an upper fixing member 30, a second rotating pin 72, A pressure receiving pin 73, a first slider 40, a second slider 50, a pair of springs 60 and 60, and a cam member 480 are provided.
In the following, for the sake of convenience, when the original cover 3 is closed with respect to the main body 2 (when the rotation angle θ = 0 °), the vertical direction, the front / rear direction, and the left / right direction of the multifunction machine 1 are used as references (the original cover 3). The shape of each member constituting the hinge 400 is such that the up-down direction, the front-rear direction, and the left-right direction of the multi-function device 1 when it is closed with respect to the main body 2 correspond to the up-down direction, the front-rear direction, and the left-right direction of the hinge 400, respectively. Will be described (see FIGS. 1 and 47).

図39に示す下部固定部材410は本発明に係る第一ウイング部材の実施の一形態である。本実施形態の下部固定部材410は一枚の金属板を適宜折り曲げることにより成形される。
下部固定部材410は底板411、左側板412L、右側板412R、背板416、前軸支板417および後軸支板418を具備する。
A lower fixing member 410 shown in FIG. 39 is an embodiment of the first wing member according to the present invention. The lower fixing member 410 of this embodiment is formed by appropriately bending a single metal plate.
The lower fixing member 410 includes a bottom plate 411, a left side plate 412L, a right side plate 412R, a back plate 416, a front shaft support plate 417, and a rear shaft support plate 418.

底板411は下部固定部材410の下部を成す板状の部材である。底板411は上下一対の板面を有する。底板411の形状は平面視で概ね左右方向にやや長い長方形である。   The bottom plate 411 is a plate-like member that forms the lower part of the lower fixing member 410. The bottom plate 411 has a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces. The shape of the bottom plate 411 is a rectangle that is slightly long in the left-right direction in plan view.

底板411の前端部かつ左右中央部からわずかに左寄りとなる部分には貫通孔411aが形成される。貫通孔411aは底板411の上下一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 411a is formed in the front end portion of the bottom plate 411 and a portion slightly leftward from the left and right central portions. The through-hole 411a penetrates a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces of the bottom plate 411.

底板411の後半部かつ左右中央部からわずかに左寄りとなる部分には係合孔411bが形成される。係合孔411bは底板411の上下一対の板面を貫通する。係合孔411bは第一の貫通孔と当該第一の貫通孔よりも直径が小さい第二の貫通孔とが前後に連なった形状を有する。   An engagement hole 411b is formed in the bottom half of the bottom plate 411 and a portion slightly leftward from the left and right center. The engagement hole 411b penetrates a pair of upper and lower plate surfaces of the bottom plate 411. The engagement hole 411b has a shape in which a first through hole and a second through hole having a smaller diameter than the first through hole are connected in the front-rear direction.

本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2の上面後部から上方に突出した係合突起(不図示)を係合孔411bに係合し、ネジ(不図示)を貫通孔411aに貫装し、当該ネジを本体2の上面後部に形成されたネジ孔に螺装することにより、底板411、ひいては下部固定部材410が本体2に固定される(図1参照)。   In the present embodiment, an engagement protrusion (not shown) protruding upward from the rear upper surface of the main body 2 of the multifunction device 1 is engaged with the engagement hole 411b, and a screw (not shown) is inserted into the through hole 411a. By screwing the screw into a screw hole formed in the upper rear portion of the main body 2, the bottom plate 411 and thus the lower fixing member 410 are fixed to the main body 2 (see FIG. 1).

左側板412Lは下部固定部材410の左側部を成す板状の部材である。左側板412Lは左右一対の板面を有する。左側板412Lは側面視で概ね前下がりの階段の如き形状を有する。左側板412Lの下端部は底板411の左端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板411および左側板412Lが形成される)。   The left side plate 412L is a plate-like member that forms the left side portion of the lower fixing member 410. The left side plate 412L has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The left side plate 412L has a shape like a staircase that is generally forwardly lowered in a side view. The lower end of the left side plate 412L is connected to the left end of the bottom plate 411 (the bottom plate 411 and the left side plate 412L are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

左側板412Lの後上端部には貫通孔413Lが形成される。貫通孔413Lは左側板412Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 413L is formed at the rear upper end of the left side plate 412L. The through hole 413L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 412L.

左側板412Lにおいて貫通孔413Lの後下方となる部分には貫通孔414Lが形成される。貫通孔414Lは左側板412Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。貫通孔414Lの形状は側面視で上下方向に細長い長方形である。   A through hole 414L is formed in a portion of the left side plate 412L that is located below the through hole 413L. The through hole 414L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 412L. The shape of the through hole 414L is a rectangle elongated in the vertical direction in a side view.

左側板412Lにおいて貫通孔413Lの前下方となる部分には貫通孔415Lが形成される。貫通孔415Lは左側板412Lの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 415L is formed in a portion of the left side plate 412L that is the front lower side of the through hole 413L. The through hole 415L penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the left side plate 412L.

右側板412Rは下部固定部材410の右側部を成す板状の部材である。右側板412Rは左右一対の板面を有する。右側板412Rは側面視で概ね前下がりの階段の如き形状を有する。右側板412Rの下端部は底板411の右端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板411および右側板412Rが形成される)。   The right side plate 412R is a plate-like member that forms the right side portion of the lower fixing member 410. The right side plate 412R has a pair of left and right plate surfaces. The right side plate 412R has a shape like a staircase that is generally forwardly lowered in a side view. The lower end portion of the right side plate 412R is connected to the right end portion of the bottom plate 411 (the bottom plate 411 and the right side plate 412R are formed by bending one metal plate at a right angle).

右側板412Rの後上端部には貫通孔413Rが形成される。貫通孔413Rは右側板412Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 413R is formed at the rear upper end of the right side plate 412R. The through-hole 413R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 412R.

右側板412Rにおいて貫通孔413Rの後下方となる部分には貫通孔414Rが形成される。貫通孔414Rは右側板412Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。貫通孔414Rの形状は側面視で上下方向に細長い長方形である。   A through hole 414R is formed in a portion of the right side plate 412R that is located below the through hole 413R. The through hole 414R passes through the pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 412R. The shape of the through hole 414R is a rectangular shape that is elongated in the vertical direction in a side view.

右側板412Rにおいて貫通孔413Rの前下方となる部分には貫通孔415Rが形成される。貫通孔415Rは右側板412Rの左右一対の板面を貫通する。   A through hole 415R is formed in a portion of the right side plate 412R that is the front lower side of the through hole 413R. The through hole 415R penetrates a pair of left and right plate surfaces of the right side plate 412R.

背板416は下部固定部材410の後部を成す板状の部材である。背板416は前後一対の板面を有する。背板416の形状は正面視で概ね長方形である。
背板416の下端部は底板411の後端部に繋がっている(一枚の金属板を直角に折り曲げることにより、底板411および背板416が形成される)。
The back plate 416 is a plate-like member that forms the rear portion of the lower fixing member 410. The back plate 416 has a pair of front and rear plate surfaces. The shape of the back plate 416 is generally rectangular when viewed from the front.
The lower end of the back plate 416 is connected to the rear end of the bottom plate 411 (the bottom plate 411 and the back plate 416 are formed by bending a single metal plate at a right angle).

背板416の左端部には左側方に突出する突起部416Lが形成され、背板416の右端部には右側方に突出する突起部416Rが形成される。
突起部416Lが貫通孔414Lに貫装されるとともに突起部416Rが貫通孔414Rに貫装されることにより、下部固定部材410は強固な構造体を成す。
A protrusion 416L that protrudes to the left is formed at the left end of the back plate 416, and a protrusion 416R that protrudes to the right is formed at the right end of the back plate 416.
The lower fixing member 410 forms a strong structure by the protrusion 416L being inserted into the through hole 414L and the protrusion 416R being inserted into the through hole 414R.

前軸支板417は右側板412Rにおいて貫通孔415Rの前下方となる位置に形成され、右側板412Rの右側方に突出する板状の部材である。前軸支板417は前後一対の板面を有する。前軸支板417の正面視形状は上下方向にやや長い長方形である。
前軸支板417の左端部は右側板412Rに繋がっている(一枚の金属板に適宜切り込みを形成し、切り込みで囲まれた部分をその他の部分に対して直角に折り曲げることにより、右側板412Rおよび前軸支板417が形成される)。
前軸支板417には軸支孔417aが形成される。軸支孔417aは前軸支板417の前後一対の板面を貫通する。
The front shaft support plate 417 is a plate-like member that is formed on the right side plate 412R at a position below the through hole 415R and protrudes to the right side of the right side plate 412R. The front shaft support plate 417 has a pair of front and rear plate surfaces. The front view shape of the front shaft support plate 417 is a rectangle that is slightly long in the vertical direction.
The left end portion of the front shaft support plate 417 is connected to the right side plate 412R (the right side plate is formed by forming an appropriate cut in one metal plate and bending the portion surrounded by the cut at a right angle to the other portions. 412R and front shaft support plate 417 are formed).
A shaft support hole 417a is formed in the front shaft support plate 417. The shaft support hole 417a penetrates a pair of front and rear plate surfaces of the front shaft support plate 417.

後軸支板418は右側板412Rにおいて貫通孔415Rの後下方となる位置に形成され、右側板412Rの右側方に突出する板状の部材である。後軸支板418は前後一対の板面を有する。後軸支板418の正面視形状は上下方向にやや長い長方形である。
後軸支板418の左端部は右側板412Rに繋がっている(一枚の金属板に適宜切り込みを形成し、切り込みで囲まれた部分をその他の部分に対して直角に折り曲げることにより、右側板412Rおよび後軸支板418が形成される)。
後軸支板418には軸支孔418aが形成される。軸支孔418aは後軸支板418の前後一対の板面を貫通する。
本実施形態では、正面視で軸支孔417aおよび軸支孔418aが重なる(一致する)。
The rear shaft support plate 418 is a plate-like member that is formed at a position below the through hole 415R in the right side plate 412R and protrudes to the right side of the right side plate 412R. The rear shaft support plate 418 has a pair of front and rear plate surfaces. The front view shape of the rear shaft support plate 418 is a rectangle that is slightly long in the vertical direction.
The left end portion of the rear shaft support plate 418 is connected to the right side plate 412R (by appropriately forming a notch in one metal plate and bending the portion surrounded by the notch at right angles to the other portions, the right side plate 412R and a rear shaft support plate 418 are formed).
A shaft support hole 418 a is formed in the rear shaft support plate 418. The shaft support hole 418a passes through a pair of front and rear plate surfaces of the rear shaft support plate 418.
In the present embodiment, the shaft support hole 417a and the shaft support hole 418a overlap (match) in front view.

図39および図40に示す如く、貫通孔413L・413Rにそれぞれ軸受け74・74を嵌装し、軸受け74・74に第一回動ピン71を貫装することにより、第一回動ピン71は軸受け74・74を介して下部固定部材410に回転可能に軸支される。   As shown in FIGS. 39 and 40, bearings 74 and 74 are fitted into the through holes 413L and 413R, respectively, and the first rotating pin 71 is inserted into the bearings 74 and 74, whereby the first rotating pin 71 is It is rotatably supported by the lower fixing member 410 via bearings 74 and 74.

図37、図38および図40に示すカム部材480は本発明に係るカム部材の実施の一形態である。カム部材480は下部固定部材410に支持される。
図40に示す如く、本実施形態のカム部材480は当接部材481、軸支部材482、ウォームホイール483およびウォーム484を具備する。
A cam member 480 shown in FIGS. 37, 38 and 40 is an embodiment of the cam member according to the present invention. The cam member 480 is supported by the lower fixing member 410.
As shown in FIG. 40, the cam member 480 of this embodiment includes a contact member 481, a shaft support member 482, a worm wheel 483, and a worm 484.

図30および図31に示す当接部材481は本発明に係る当接部材の実施の一形態である。当接部材481は胴体部481aおよび一対の固定部481c・481cを具備する。
本実施形態の当接部材481は金属材料からなり、胴体部481aおよび一対の固定部481c・481cが一体的に成形される。
A contact member 481 shown in FIGS. 30 and 31 is an embodiment of the contact member according to the present invention. The contact member 481 includes a body portion 481a and a pair of fixing portions 481c and 481c.
The contact member 481 of this embodiment is made of a metal material, and the body portion 481a and the pair of fixing portions 481c and 481c are integrally formed.

胴体部481aは一対の端面および外周面を有し、左右方向に延びた概ね円柱形状の部分である。胴体部481aの外周面の中途部(本実施形態の場合、胴体部481aの外周面のうち一対の端面の近傍となる部分を除いた部分)は当接面481bを成す。   The body portion 481a has a pair of end surfaces and an outer peripheral surface, and is a substantially cylindrical portion extending in the left-right direction. A midway portion of the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 481a (in the case of the present embodiment, a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 481a excluding a portion near the pair of end surfaces) forms a contact surface 481b.

一対の固定部481c・481cは側面視正方形かつ左右方向にやや長い直方体形状の部分である。一対の固定部481c・481cはそれぞれ胴体部481aの両端部に繋がっている。
図31の(b)に示す如く、側面視で一対の固定部481c・481cの中心O2は胴体部481aの中心O1に対して後上方にずれている。
The pair of fixed portions 481c and 481c are rectangular parallelepiped portions that are square in side view and slightly long in the left-right direction. The pair of fixed portions 481c and 481c are connected to both end portions of the body portion 481a.
As shown in FIG. 31B, the center O2 of the pair of fixing portions 481c and 481c is shifted rearward and upward with respect to the center O1 of the body portion 481a in a side view.

図41および図42に示す軸支部材482は胴体部482aおよびフランジ部482bを具備する。
本実施形態の軸支部材482は樹脂材料からなり、胴体部482aおよびフランジ部482bが一体的に成形される。
胴体部482aは右側の盤面および外周面を有する左右方向に薄い円盤形状の部分である。胴体部482aの外径(直径)は貫通孔415Lよりもわずかに小さい。
フランジ部482bは左右一対の盤面および外周面を有する左右方向に薄い円盤形状の部分である。フランジ部482bの外径(直径)は貫通孔415Lよりも大きい。
フランジ部482bは胴体部482aの左側に繋がっており、側面視で胴体部482aの中心およびフランジ部482bの中心は一致し(重なり)、これらの一致した中心が当接部材481の中心O6を成す(図42の(b)参照)。
軸支部材482には固定孔482cが形成される。固定孔482cは軸支部材482を左右方向に貫通する(胴体部482aの右側の盤面からフランジ部482bの左側の盤面まで貫通する)。固定孔482cの側面視形状は正方形である。
図42の(b)に示す如く、側面視で固定孔482cの中心O5は軸支部材482の中心O6の前下方にずれている。
図40に示す如く、軸支部材482の胴体部482aを下部固定部材410の貫通孔415Lに右方向に向かって嵌装することにより、軸支部材482は下部固定部材410に回転可能に軸支される。
また、軸支部材482が貫通孔415Lに嵌装されたとき、フランジ部482bの右側の盤面が左側板412Lの左側の板面に当接するので、下部固定部材410に対する軸支部材482の左右方向の移動が規制される。
The shaft support member 482 shown in FIGS. 41 and 42 includes a body portion 482a and a flange portion 482b.
The shaft support member 482 of this embodiment is made of a resin material, and the body portion 482a and the flange portion 482b are integrally formed.
The body portion 482a is a thin disc-shaped portion in the left-right direction having a right disc surface and an outer peripheral surface. The outer diameter (diameter) of the trunk portion 482a is slightly smaller than the through hole 415L.
The flange portion 482b is a disc-shaped portion that is thin in the left-right direction and has a pair of left and right disc surfaces and an outer peripheral surface. The outer diameter (diameter) of the flange portion 482b is larger than the through hole 415L.
The flange portion 482b is connected to the left side of the body portion 482a, and the center of the body portion 482a and the center of the flange portion 482b coincide (overlap) in a side view, and these coincident centers form the center O6 of the contact member 481. (See (b) of FIG. 42).
A fixed hole 482c is formed in the shaft support member 482. The fixing hole 482c penetrates the shaft support member 482 in the left-right direction (through the board surface on the right side of the body part 482a to the board surface on the left side of the flange part 482b). The fixing hole 482c has a square shape when viewed from the side.
As shown in FIG. 42B, the center O5 of the fixing hole 482c is shifted to the front lower side of the center O6 of the shaft support member 482 in a side view.
As shown in FIG. 40, the body 482a of the shaft support member 482 is fitted to the through hole 415L of the lower fixing member 410 in the right direction so that the shaft support member 482 is rotatably supported by the lower fixing member 410. Is done.
Further, when the shaft support member 482 is fitted into the through-hole 415L, the right side panel surface of the flange portion 482b abuts on the left side plate surface of the left side plate 412L, so that the horizontal direction of the shaft support member 482 with respect to the lower fixing member 410 Movement is restricted.

軸支部材482の固定孔482cの側面視における一辺の長さは、当接部材481の左側の固定部481cの側面視における一辺の長さよりもわずかに大きい。   The length of one side in the side view of the fixing hole 482c of the shaft support member 482 is slightly larger than the length of one side in the side view of the fixing portion 481c on the left side of the contact member 481.

図43および図44に示すウォームホイール483は本発明に係るウォームホイールの実施の一形態である。
本実施形態のウォームホイール483は歯車部483aおよび軸支部483bを具備する。本実施形態のウォームホイール483は金属材料からなり、歯車部483aおよび軸支部483bが一体的に成形される。
歯車部483aはウォームホイール483のうち、ハス歯歯車としての機能を果たす部分である。歯車部483aは左右一対の盤面を有し、歯車部483aの外周部には複数のハス歯が形成される。歯車部483aの外径(ハス歯の頂点を結んだ円周の直径)は貫通孔415Rよりも大きい。
軸支部483bは左側の盤面および外周面を有する左右方向に薄い円盤形状の部分である。軸支部483bの外径(直径)は貫通孔415Rよりもわずかに小さい。
軸支部483bは歯車部483aの左側に繋がっており、側面視で歯車部483aの中心および軸支部483bの中心は一致し(重なり)、これらの一致した中心がウォームホイール483の中心O8を成す(図44の(b)参照)。
ウォームホイール483には固定孔483cが形成される。固定孔483cはウォームホイール483を左右方向に貫通する(歯車部483aの右側の盤面から軸支部483bの左側の盤面まで貫通する)。固定孔483cの側面視形状は正方形である。
図44の(b)に示す如く、側面視で固定孔483cの中心O7はウォームホイール483の中心O8の前下方にずれている。
図40に示す如く、ウォームホイール483の軸支部483bを下部固定部材410の貫通孔415Rに左方向に向かって嵌装することにより、ウォームホイール483は下部固定部材410に回転可能に軸支される。
また、ウォームホイール483が貫通孔415Rに嵌装されたとき、歯車部483aの左側の盤面が右側板412Rの右側の板面に当接するので、下部固定部材410に対するウォームホイール483の左右方向の移動が規制される。
A worm wheel 483 shown in FIGS. 43 and 44 is an embodiment of the worm wheel according to the present invention.
The worm wheel 483 of this embodiment includes a gear portion 483a and a shaft support portion 483b. The worm wheel 483 of this embodiment is made of a metal material, and the gear portion 483a and the shaft support portion 483b are integrally formed.
The gear portion 483a is a portion of the worm wheel 483 that functions as a helical gear. The gear portion 483a has a pair of left and right panel surfaces, and a plurality of helical teeth are formed on the outer peripheral portion of the gear portion 483a. The outer diameter of the gear portion 483a (the diameter of the circumference connecting the tops of the helical teeth) is larger than that of the through hole 415R.
The shaft support portion 483b is a disc-shaped portion that is thin in the left-right direction and has a left-side disc surface and an outer peripheral surface. The outer diameter (diameter) of the shaft support 483b is slightly smaller than the through hole 415R.
The shaft support portion 483b is connected to the left side of the gear portion 483a, and the center of the gear portion 483a and the center of the shaft support portion 483b coincide (overlap) in a side view, and these coincident centers form the center O8 of the worm wheel 483 ( (See FIG. 44 (b)).
A fixing hole 483c is formed in the worm wheel 483. The fixing hole 483c penetrates the worm wheel 483 in the left-right direction (from the right side surface of the gear portion 483a to the left side surface of the shaft support portion 483b). The fixed hole 483c has a square shape when viewed from the side.
As shown in FIG. 44B, the center O7 of the fixing hole 483c is shifted to the front lower side of the center O8 of the worm wheel 483 in a side view.
As shown in FIG. 40, the worm wheel 483 is rotatably supported by the lower fixing member 410 by fitting the shaft supporting portion 483b of the worm wheel 483 to the through hole 415R of the lower fixing member 410 in the left direction. .
Further, when the worm wheel 483 is fitted in the through hole 415R, the left board surface of the gear portion 483a abuts on the right board surface of the right plate 412R. Is regulated.

ウォームホイール483の固定孔483cの側面視における一辺の長さは、当接部材481の右側の固定部481cの側面視における一辺の長さよりもわずかに大きい。   The length of one side in the side view of the fixing hole 483c of the worm wheel 483 is slightly larger than the length of one side in the side view of the fixing portion 481c on the right side of the contact member 481.

図39および図40に示す如く、当接部材481を下部固定部材410の一対の貫通孔415L・415Rを貫通する位置に配置し、当接部材481の左側の固定部481cを軸支部材482の固定孔482cに嵌装しつつ軸支部材482の胴体部482aを下部固定部材410の貫通孔415Lに嵌装し、当接部材481の右側の固定部481cをウォームホイール483の固定孔483cに嵌装しつつウォームホイール483の軸支部483bを下部固定部材410の貫通孔415Rに嵌装することにより、当接部材481の左右の両端部は軸支部材482およびウォームホイール483を介して下部固定部材410に支持される。
より詳細には、当接部材481は軸支部材482およびウォームホイール483を介して下部固定部材410に「下部固定部材410に対する当接部材481のカム軸」周りに回転可能に軸支される。
なお、本実施形態では、「下部固定部材410に対する当接部材481のカム軸」は、貫通孔415L・415Rを通る直線、並びに、下部固定部材410に軸支された軸支部材482の中心O6および下部固定部材410に軸支されたウォームホイール483の中心O8を通る直線に一致する。
As shown in FIGS. 39 and 40, the contact member 481 is disposed at a position passing through the pair of through-holes 415L and 415R of the lower fixing member 410, and the fixing portion 481c on the left side of the contact member 481 is attached to the shaft support member 482. The body portion 482a of the shaft support member 482 is fitted into the through hole 415L of the lower fixing member 410 while being fitted into the fixing hole 482c, and the right fixing portion 481c of the contact member 481 is fitted into the fixing hole 483c of the worm wheel 483. By fitting the shaft support portion 483b of the worm wheel 483 into the through hole 415R of the lower fixing member 410 while mounting, the left and right ends of the contact member 481 are connected to the lower fixing member via the shaft support member 482 and the worm wheel 483. 410 is supported.
More specifically, the abutting member 481 is pivotally supported by the lower fixing member 410 via the shaft support member 482 and the worm wheel 483 so as to be rotatable around “the cam shaft of the abutting member 481 with respect to the lower fixing member 410”.
In the present embodiment, “the cam shaft of the contact member 481 with respect to the lower fixing member 410” includes a straight line passing through the through holes 415L and 415R and the center O6 of the shaft supporting member 482 supported by the lower fixing member 410. And a straight line passing through the center O8 of the worm wheel 483 pivotally supported by the lower fixing member 410.

当接部材481の左右の固定部481c・481cがそれぞれ固定孔482cおよび固定孔483cに嵌装されたとき、左右の固定部481c・481cの外周を成す四つの面はそれぞれ固定孔482cおよび固定孔483cの内周面に当接する。
そのため、軸支部材482およびウォームホイール483は、当接部材481に対して相対回転不能に固定される(当接部材481、軸支部材482およびウォームホイール483は一体的に回転する)。
When the left and right fixing portions 481c and 481c of the contact member 481 are fitted in the fixing hole 482c and the fixing hole 483c, respectively, the four surfaces forming the outer periphery of the left and right fixing portions 481c and 481c are the fixing hole 482c and the fixing hole, respectively. It contacts the inner peripheral surface of 483c.
Therefore, the shaft support member 482 and the worm wheel 483 are fixed so as not to rotate relative to the contact member 481 (the contact member 481, the shaft support member 482 and the worm wheel 483 rotate integrally).

図45に示すウォーム484は本発明に係るウォームの実施の一形態である。
ウォーム484は胴体部484aおよび頭部484bを具備する。本実施形態のウォーム484は金属材料からなり、胴体部484aおよび頭部484bが一体的に成形される。
A worm 484 shown in FIG. 45 is an embodiment of a worm according to the present invention.
The worm 484 includes a body portion 484a and a head portion 484b. The worm 484 of this embodiment is made of a metal material, and the body portion 484a and the head portion 484b are integrally formed.

胴体部484aは前後一対の端面および外周面を有し、前後方向に平行な軸線を有する概ね円柱形状の部分である。胴体部484aの外周面には螺旋状のネジ溝が形成される。
なお、本実施形態の胴体部484aの外周面に形成される螺旋状のネジ溝は左ネジであり、かつネジ溝のねじり角度は安息角(摩擦角)よりも小さい。
胴体部484aの外周面の後端部には、ネジ溝とは別にリング状の溝が形成される。
The body portion 484a is a substantially cylindrical portion having a pair of front and rear end surfaces and an outer peripheral surface and having an axis parallel to the front-rear direction. A spiral thread groove is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 484a.
Note that the spiral thread groove formed on the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 484a of the present embodiment is a left-hand thread, and the twist angle of the thread groove is smaller than the repose angle (friction angle).
A ring-shaped groove is formed in the rear end portion of the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 484a in addition to the screw groove.

頭部484bは胴体部484aの前端部に繋がる薄い円柱形状の部分である。
頭部484bの中心線は胴体部484aの中心線に一致し、これらの一致した中心線がウォーム484の軸線を成す。本実施形態ではウォーム484の軸線は前後方向に平行である。
頭部484bの前側の端面には工具(ドライバー等)を相対回転不能に嵌装するための穴が形成される。
The head portion 484b is a thin cylindrical portion connected to the front end portion of the body portion 484a.
The center line of the head 484 b coincides with the center line of the body 484 a, and these coincident center lines form the axis of the worm 484. In this embodiment, the axis of the worm 484 is parallel to the front-rear direction.
A hole for fitting a tool (driver or the like) in a relatively non-rotatable manner is formed on the front end face of the head 484b.

図39および図40に示す如く、ウォーム484の胴体部484aを下部固定部材410の前軸支板417に形成された軸支孔417aおよび後軸支板418に形成された軸支孔418aに貫装することにより、ウォーム484は下部固定部材410に(ウォーム484の軸線周りに)回転可能に軸支される。   As shown in FIGS. 39 and 40, the body portion 484a of the worm 484 penetrates the shaft support hole 417a formed in the front shaft support plate 417 of the lower fixing member 410 and the shaft support hole 418a formed in the rear shaft support plate 418. By mounting, the worm 484 is rotatably supported by the lower fixing member 410 (around the axis of the worm 484).

ウォーム484の胴体部484aを軸支孔417aおよび軸支孔418aに貫装し、頭部484bの後端面が前軸支板417の前側の板面に当接したとき、ウォーム484の胴体部484aの外周面においてネジ溝が形成された部分は前軸支板417および後軸支板418により挟まれた位置に配置される。   When the body portion 484a of the worm 484 is inserted into the shaft support hole 417a and the shaft support hole 418a and the rear end surface of the head portion 484b abuts against the front plate surface of the front shaft support plate 417, the body portion 484a of the worm 484 The portion of the outer peripheral surface where the thread groove is formed is disposed at a position sandwiched between the front shaft support plate 417 and the rear shaft support plate 418.

ウォーム484の胴体部484aの外周面の後端部に形成されたリング状の溝は、後軸支板418の後側の板面の後方に配置される。当該リング状の溝にEリング(不図示)を嵌装することにより、ウォーム484は下部固定部材410に対して前後方向に(ウォーム484の軸線方向に)移動不能に支持される。   A ring-shaped groove formed in the rear end portion of the outer peripheral surface of the body portion 484 a of the worm 484 is disposed behind the plate surface on the rear side of the rear shaft support plate 418. By fitting an E ring (not shown) in the ring-shaped groove, the worm 484 is supported so as not to move in the front-rear direction (in the axial direction of the worm 484) with respect to the lower fixing member 410.

図40および図46に示す如く、ウォーム484が下部固定部材410に回転可能に軸支されたとき、ウォームホイール483の歯車部483aの外周部に形成された複数のハス歯はウォーム484の胴体部484aに形成されたネジ溝に噛合する。   As shown in FIGS. 40 and 46, when the worm 484 is rotatably supported by the lower fixing member 410, the plurality of helical teeth formed on the outer peripheral portion of the gear portion 483 a of the worm wheel 483 are the body portion of the worm 484. It meshes with the thread groove formed in 484a.

本実施形態では、ウォームホイール483およびウォーム484を合わせたものが本発明に係る回転角度変更部材としての機能を果たす。
すなわち、ウォームホイール483およびウォーム484を合わせたものは本発明に係る回転角度変更部材の実施の一形態である。
In the present embodiment, the combination of the worm wheel 483 and the worm 484 functions as a rotation angle changing member according to the present invention.
That is, the combination of the worm wheel 483 and the worm 484 is an embodiment of the rotation angle changing member according to the present invention.

図38に示す如く、一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力、すなわち、圧縮される方向に弾性変形した一対のバネ60・60が元の形状(外力が作用していないときの形状)に戻ろうとする力(弾性力)により、第一スライダ40は中間部材20の長手方向のうちカム部材480に接近する方向に付勢され、第二スライダ50は中間部材20の長手方向のうち受圧ピン73に接近する方向に付勢される。   As shown in FIG. 38, the urging force generated by the pair of springs 60, 60, that is, the pair of springs 60, 60 elastically deformed in the compression direction is in the original shape (shape when no external force is applied). The first slider 40 is biased in a direction approaching the cam member 480 in the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20 by the force (elastic force) to return, and the second slider 50 is a pressure receiving pin in the longitudinal direction of the intermediate member 20. It is urged in the direction approaching 73.

そのため、図38に示す如く、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41はカム部材480の当接部材481の当接面481bに当接するとともに、第二スライダ50の受圧ピン支持面52が受圧ピン73の外周面に当接する。
結果として、一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力により、中間部材20(ひいては本発明に係る第二ウイング部材の実施の一形態)は下部固定部材410に対して開く方向(本実施形態では、右側面視で反時計回りとなる方向)に回動するように付勢され、上部固定部材30は中間部材20に対して閉じる方向(本実施形態では、右側面視で反時計回りとなる方向)に回動するように付勢される。
Therefore, as shown in FIG. 38, the cam contact surface 41 of the first slider 40 contacts the contact surface 481b of the contact member 481 of the cam member 480, and the pressure receiving pin support surface 52 of the second slider 50 is the pressure receiving pin. 73 abuts against the outer peripheral surface of 73.
As a result, due to the biasing force generated by the pair of springs 60, 60, the intermediate member 20 (and thus one embodiment of the second wing member according to the present invention) is opened with respect to the lower fixing member 410 (in this embodiment). The upper fixing member 30 is biased so as to rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the right side, and the upper fixing member 30 is rotated counterclockwise when viewed from the right side in the present embodiment. Urged to rotate in the direction).

本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θが0°からφ°までの範囲にあるとき(0°≦θ≦φ°のとき)、上部固定部材30に固定された原稿圧着板3の自重に起因してヒンジ400を閉じようとする回転力と、一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因してヒンジ400を開こうとする回転力と、が概ね平衡するように、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41の形状等が予め定められる。
このように構成することにより、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θが0°からφ°までの範囲において作業者が原稿圧着板3から手を離した場合には、回動角度θが保持される。
In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range from 0 ° to φ ° (when 0 ° ≦ θ ≦ φ °), the upper fixing member 30 The rotational force for closing the hinge 400 due to the weight of the fixed original cover 3 and the rotational force for opening the hinge 400 due to the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 are approximately. The shape or the like of the cam contact surface 41 of the first slider 40 is determined in advance so as to be balanced.
With this configuration, when the operator releases his or her hand from the original pressure plate 3 when the rotation angle θ of the original pressure plate 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range of 0 ° to φ °, The rotation angle θ is maintained.

また、本実施形態では、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲にあるとき(φ°<θ≦90°のとき)、第一スライダ40の回動ピン支持面42が第一回動ピン71の外周面に当接し、第一スライダ40がカム部材480に接近する方向に移動することが規制されるとともに、第一スライダ40のカム当接面41がカム部材480の当接部材481の当接面481bから離間する。
本実施形態の第一回動ピン71の軸線方向に垂直な面における断面形状は円形であるため、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲で変化しても、(厳密には中間部材20に対する上部固定部材30の回動角度が変化しない限りにおいて)中間部材20に対する第一スライダ40の位置、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の全長(一対のバネ60・60が発生する付勢力)は変化しない(図48参照)。
In this embodiment, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is in the range from φ ° to 90 ° (when φ ° <θ ≦ 90 °), the first slider The rotation pin support surface 42 of the 40 is in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the first rotation pin 71 and the movement of the first slider 40 in the direction approaching the cam member 480 is restricted, and the cam of the first slider 40 The contact surface 41 is separated from the contact surface 481 b of the contact member 481 of the cam member 480.
Since the cross-sectional shape of the first rotation pin 71 of the present embodiment in the plane perpendicular to the axial direction is circular, the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is from φ ° to 90 °. Even if it changes within the range, the position of the first slider 40 relative to the intermediate member 20 (as long as the rotational angle of the upper fixing member 30 relative to the intermediate member 20 does not change), and thus the total length of the pair of springs 60 and 60 ( The biasing force generated by the pair of springs 60 and 60 does not change (see FIG. 48).

従って、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θがφ°から90°までの範囲にあるときには、(厳密には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因して第一スライダ40の回動ピン支持面42と第一回動ピン71の外周面との当接部分には摩擦力が作用するが)実質的には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力が第一スライダ40を介してカム部材480に作用しなくなり、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の付勢力に起因してヒンジ400を開こうとする回転力がヒンジ400に作用しなくなる。
なお、φの値は後述するカム部材480による一対のバネ60・60の付勢力の調整の結果、多少変動する場合がある。
Therefore, when the rotation angle θ of the original cover 3 relative to the main body 2 of the multifunction device 1 is in the range of φ ° to 90 ° (strictly speaking, the first is due to the biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60). A frictional force acts on the contact portion between the rotating pin support surface 42 of the slider 40 and the outer peripheral surface of the first rotating pin 71), but the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 is substantially the first slider. No longer acts on the cam member 480 via 40, and as a result, the rotational force for opening the hinge 400 due to the biasing force of the pair of springs 60, 60 does not act on the hinge 400.
Note that the value of φ may slightly vary as a result of adjusting the urging force of a pair of springs 60 and 60 by a cam member 480 described later.

以下では、図46を用いてカム部材480による一対のバネ60・60の付勢力の調整について説明する。   Hereinafter, adjustment of the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 by the cam member 480 will be described with reference to FIG.

図46の(a)に示す状態でウォーム484の頭部484bに形成された穴に工具を嵌装してウォーム484を正面視で反時計回りに回転させた場合、ウォーム484に噛合するウォームホイール483は右側面視でカム軸周りに反時計回りに回転する。
その結果、当接部材481はウォームホイール483とともに右側面視でカム軸周りに反時計回りに回転し、図46の(a)に示す状態に移行する。
46A, when a tool is fitted in a hole formed in the head 484b of the worm 484 and the worm 484 is rotated counterclockwise when viewed from the front, the worm wheel meshes with the worm 484. 483 rotates counterclockwise around the cam shaft when viewed from the right side.
As a result, the contact member 481 rotates together with the worm wheel 483 counterclockwise around the cam shaft when viewed from the right side, and shifts to the state shown in FIG.

図46の(a)に示す状態と図46の(b)に示す状態とでは、下部固定部材410に対する当接部材481の位置が異なるため、複合機1の本体2に対する原稿圧着板3の回動角度θ(ひいては、下部固定部材410に対する中間部材20の回動角度)が同じ場合における「当接部材481に当接する第一スライダ40の中間部材20に対する相対的な位置(ひいては一対のバネ60・60の全長)」が異なる。
すなわち、ウォーム484をウォーム484の軸線周りに回転させることにより、下部固定部材410に対する当接部材481の位置を変更(調整)し、ひいては一対のバネ60・60の付勢力を変更(調整)することが可能である。
The position shown in FIG. 46A and the state shown in FIG. 46B are different from each other in the position of the contact member 481 with respect to the lower fixing member 410. Therefore, the rotation of the original cover 3 relative to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1 is different. “The relative position of the first slider 40 in contact with the contact member 481 relative to the intermediate member 20 (and thus the pair of springs 60) when the moving angle θ (and hence the rotation angle of the intermediate member 20 with respect to the lower fixing member 410) is the same. -60 total length) "is different.
That is, by rotating the worm 484 around the axis of the worm 484, the position of the abutting member 481 with respect to the lower fixing member 410 is changed (adjusted), and consequently the urging force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 is changed (adjusted). It is possible.

以上の如く、ヒンジ400は、
複合機1の本体2に固定される下部固定部材410と、
下部固定部材410に対する位置を変更可能かつ固定可能に下部固定部材410に支持されるカム部材480と、
下部固定部材410に回動可能に連結されるとともに複合機1の原稿圧着板3に固定される第二ウイング部材(本実施形態では、中間部材20、上部固定部材30、第二スライダ50、第二回動ピン72および受圧ピン73を合わせたもの)と、
第二ウイング部材に支持されつつカム部材480に接近する方向およびカム部材480から離間する方向に移動可能な第一スライダ40と、
第一スライダ40をカム部材480に接近する方向に付勢することにより第一スライダ40をカム部材480に当接させる一対のバネ60・60と、
を具備する。
このように構成することにより、ヒンジ400を複合機1の本体2および原稿圧着板3から取り外す、あるいは一対のバネ60・60を交換するといった作業を伴わずに一対のバネ60・60の付勢力を容易に調整することが可能である。
As described above, the hinge 400 is
A lower fixing member 410 fixed to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1;
A cam member 480 supported by the lower fixing member 410 so that the position relative to the lower fixing member 410 can be changed and fixed;
A second wing member rotatably connected to the lower fixing member 410 and fixed to the document pressing plate 3 of the multifunction machine 1 (in this embodiment, the intermediate member 20, the upper fixing member 30, the second slider 50, the first slider). A combination of the two rotating pins 72 and the pressure receiving pins 73);
A first slider 40 that is movable in a direction approaching the cam member 480 and a direction away from the cam member 480 while being supported by the second wing member;
A pair of springs 60 and 60 that abut the first slider 40 against the cam member 480 by urging the first slider 40 in a direction approaching the cam member 480;
It comprises.
With this configuration, the biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 is not involved without removing the hinge 400 from the main body 2 and the original cover 3 of the multifunction machine 1 or exchanging the pair of springs 60 and 60. Can be easily adjusted.

また、ヒンジ400のカム部材480は、
両端部が下部固定部材410に支持されるとともに、中途部には当接面481bが形成される当接部材481と、
「下部固定部材410に対する当接部材481のカム軸」周りの回転角度を変更することが可能であるとともに変更後の「下部固定部材410に対する当接部材481のカム軸」周りの回転角度を固定可能な回転角度変更部材(本実施形態では、ウォームホイール483およびウォーム484を合わせたもの)と、
を具備し、
「下部固定部材410に対する当接部材481のカム軸」は下部固定部材410に対する第二ウイング部材の回動軸(本実施形態の場合、第一回動ピン71)に平行であり、貫通孔415L・415Rを通る直線、並びに、下部固定部材410に軸支された軸支部材482の中心O6および下部固定部材410に軸支されたウォームホイール483の中心O8を通る直線に一致する。
また、ヒンジ400の当接部材481は「下部固定部材410に対する当接部材481のカム軸」周りに回転可能に下部固定部材410に軸支され、
ヒンジ400における回転角度変更部材は、
当接部材481に相対回転不能に固定されるウォームホイール483と、
下部固定部材410に回転可能に軸支され、ウォームホイール483に噛合するウォーム484と、
を具備する。
このように構成することにより、ウォーム484を回転させるだけで下部固定部材410に対する当接部材481の位置を変更することが可能である。
The cam member 480 of the hinge 400 is
Both end portions are supported by the lower fixing member 410, and a contact member 481 having a contact surface 481b formed in the middle portion;
It is possible to change the rotation angle around the “cam shaft of the abutting member 481 relative to the lower fixing member 410” and to fix the rotation angle around the “cam axis of the abutting member 481 relative to the lower fixing member 410” after the change. A possible rotation angle changing member (in this embodiment, a combination of the worm wheel 483 and the worm 484);
Comprising
The “cam shaft of the abutting member 481 with respect to the lower fixing member 410” is parallel to the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the lower fixing member 410 (the first rotation pin 71 in this embodiment), and the through hole 415L. -It corresponds to the straight line passing through 415R and the straight line passing through the center O6 of the shaft support member 482 supported by the lower fixing member 410 and the center O8 of the worm wheel 483 supported by the lower fixing member 410.
The abutting member 481 of the hinge 400 is pivotally supported by the lower fixing member 410 so as to be rotatable around “the cam shaft of the abutting member 481 with respect to the lower fixing member 410”.
The rotation angle changing member in the hinge 400 is
A worm wheel 483 fixed to the contact member 481 so as not to be relatively rotatable;
A worm 484 rotatably supported by the lower fixing member 410 and meshing with the worm wheel 483;
It comprises.
With this configuration, it is possible to change the position of the contact member 481 with respect to the lower fixing member 410 simply by rotating the worm 484.

本実施形態では、ウォームホイール483がウォーム484に直接的に噛合するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
例えば、ウォームホイール483およびウォーム484に噛合する別の歯車を設けても良い。この場合、当該別の歯車の歯数を適宜選択することによりウォームホイール483およびウォーム484の間の減速比を変更することが可能である。
また、別の歯車として複数の傘歯車等を用いることにより、ウォーム484の軸線方向をウォームホイール483の回転軸(カム軸)に対して垂直な方向とは異なる方向に設定することも可能である。
In this embodiment, the worm wheel 483 directly meshes with the worm 484, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, another gear that meshes with the worm wheel 483 and the worm 484 may be provided. In this case, the reduction ratio between the worm wheel 483 and the worm 484 can be changed by appropriately selecting the number of teeth of the other gear.
Further, by using a plurality of bevel gears or the like as another gear, the axial direction of the worm 484 can be set to a direction different from the direction perpendicular to the rotation axis (cam shaft) of the worm wheel 483. .

また、ヒンジ400が具備する第一回動ピン71は、原稿圧着板3が複合機1の本体2に対して閉じているときを基準として第二ウイング部材(本実施形態では、中間部材20、上部固定部材30、第二スライダ50、第二回動ピン72および受圧ピン73を合わせたもの)が第一ウイング部材(本実施形態の場合、下部固定部材410)に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したとき(本実施形態の場合、回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったとき)に第一スライダ40に当接することにより、第一スライダ40がカム部材480に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、第一スライダ40をカム部材480から離間させる。
このように構成することにより、ヒンジ400の第二ウイング部材をヒンジ400の第一ウイング部材に対して回動させることにより回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったときには、カム部材480には一対のバネ60・60の付勢力が作用しなくなる。
従って、回動角度θがφ°よりも大きくなったときには、ウォーム484を回転させることにより当接部材481を下部固定部材410に対して移動させる作業が容易となる(ウォーム484を回転させる作業を行う場合に大きな力を要さない)。
Further, the first rotation pin 71 provided in the hinge 400 is a second wing member (in the present embodiment, the intermediate member 20, and the second wing member) when the original cover 3 is closed with respect to the main body 2 of the multifunction machine 1. The upper fixing member 30, the second slider 50, the second rotation pin 72, and the pressure receiving pin 73 are combined in a predetermined direction in the direction of opening with respect to the first wing member (in this embodiment, the lower fixing member 410). A direction in which the first slider 40 approaches the cam member 480 by abutting against the first slider 40 when it rotates more than an angle (in the case of the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ becomes larger than φ °). The first slider 40 is separated from the cam member 480.
With this configuration, when the second wing member of the hinge 400 is rotated with respect to the first wing member of the hinge 400 and the rotation angle θ becomes larger than φ °, the cam member 480 includes The biasing force of the pair of springs 60 and 60 does not act.
Therefore, when the rotation angle θ is larger than φ °, the work of moving the contact member 481 relative to the lower fixing member 410 is facilitated by rotating the worm 484 (the work of rotating the worm 484). It does n’t require a lot of power to do).

本実施形態では回動角度θがφ°よりも大きいときに第一回動ピン71が第一スライダ40に当接し、第一スライダ40がカム部材480から離間するが、本発明においてスライド規制部材がスライド部材に当接するときの「所定の角度」は本発明に係るヒンジの用途等に応じて適宜選択されることが望ましい。   In the present embodiment, when the rotation angle θ is larger than φ °, the first rotation pin 71 contacts the first slider 40 and the first slider 40 is separated from the cam member 480. It is desirable that the “predetermined angle” when the is in contact with the slide member is appropriately selected according to the use of the hinge according to the present invention.

1 複合機
2 本体(第一連結対象物)
3 原稿圧着板(第二連結対象物)
20 中間部材(第二ウイング部材の一部)
30 上部固定部材(第二ウイング部材の一部)
40 第一スライダ(スライド部材)
50 第二スライダ(第二ウイング部材の一部)
60・60 バネ(付勢部材)
71 第一回動ピン(回動軸)
72 第二回動ピン(第二ウイング部材の一部)
73 受圧ピン(第二ウイング部材の一部)
110 下部固定部材(第一ウイング部材)
114L・114R 一対の第一長孔
180 カム部材
181 当接部材
181a 当接面
183 移動部材
186L・186R 一対の第二長孔
189 移動位置調整ネジ(移動位置調整部材)
1 Multifunction machine 2 Main body (first connection object)
3 Original pressure plate (second connection object)
20 Intermediate member (part of the second wing member)
30 Upper fixing member (part of the second wing member)
40 First slider (sliding member)
50 Second slider (part of the second wing member)
60/60 Spring (Biasing member)
71 First rotation pin (rotation shaft)
72 Second rotation pin (part of second wing member)
73 Pressure receiving pin (part of the second wing member)
110 Lower fixing member (first wing member)
114L and 114R A pair of first elongated holes 180 Cam member 181 Abutting member 181a Abutting surface 183 Moving member 186L and 186R A pair of second elongated holes 189 Moving position adjusting screw (moving position adjusting member)

Claims (17)

第一連結対象物に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に支持されるカム部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結されるとともに第二連結対象物に固定される第二ウイング部材と、
前記第二ウイング部材に支持されつつ前記カム部材に接近する方向および前記カム部材から離間する方向に移動可能なスライド部材と、
前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に接近する方向に付勢することにより前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に当接させる付勢部材と、
を具備し、
前記カム部材は、前記第二ウイング部材と前記第一ウイング部材とが最も近接した際の前記付勢部材の軸方向における、前記付勢部材の反対側端部からの距離を変更可能かつ固定可能に前記第一ウイング部材に支持され
前記カム部材は、
両端部が前記第一ウイング部材に形成された一対の第一長孔に貫装され、中途部には前記スライド部材に当接する面である当接面が形成される当接部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に対して所定の移動方向に移動可能に支持され、一対の第二長孔が形成され、前記一対の第二長孔には前記当接部材が貫装される移動部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記移動部材の前記移動方向における位置である移動位置を変更するとともに前記移動部材を前記第一ウイング部材に固定することが可能な移動位置調整部材と、
を具備し、
前記一対の第一長孔の長手方向、前記一対の第二長孔の長手方向および前記移動方向はいずれも前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸の軸線方向に対して垂直であり、
前記一対の第二長孔の長手方向は前記移動方向に対して傾斜し、
前記一対の第一長孔の長手方向は前記一対の第二長孔の長手方向に対して傾斜する、
ヒンジ。
A first wing member fixed to the first connection object;
A cam member supported by the first wing member;
A second wing member that is pivotally coupled to the first wing member and fixed to the second coupling object;
A slide member movable in a direction approaching the cam member and a direction away from the cam member while being supported by the second wing member;
A biasing member for biasing the slide member against the cam member by biasing the slide member in a direction approaching the cam member;
Comprising
The cam member can change and fix the distance from the opposite end of the biasing member in the axial direction of the biasing member when the second wing member and the first wing member are closest to each other. Supported by the first wing member ,
The cam member is
A contact member having both end portions penetrating into a pair of first elongated holes formed in the first wing member, and a contact surface which is a surface contacting the slide member formed in the middle portion;
A movable member supported to be movable in a predetermined movement direction with respect to the first wing member, a pair of second long holes are formed, and the pair of second long holes are inserted into the contact member; ,
A moving position adjusting member capable of changing a moving position that is a position in the moving direction of the moving member with respect to the first wing member and fixing the moving member to the first wing member;
Comprising
The longitudinal direction of the pair of first elongated holes, the longitudinal direction of the pair of second elongated holes, and the moving direction are all perpendicular to the axial direction of the rotation axis of the second wing member with respect to the first wing member. And
The longitudinal direction of the pair of second long holes is inclined with respect to the moving direction,
The longitudinal direction of the pair of first elongated holes is inclined with respect to the longitudinal direction of the pair of second elongated holes;
Hinge.
前記移動位置調整部材は、
前記第一ウイング部材または前記移動部材の一方に螺装され、
前記第一ウイング部材または前記移動部材の他方に前記移動位置調整部材の軸線方向に相対移動不能かつ前記移動位置調整部材の軸線周りに回転可能に支持され、
前記移動位置調整部材の軸線方向は前記移動方向に対して平行である、
請求項1に記載のヒンジ。
The moving position adjusting member is
Screwed to one of the first wing member or the moving member,
The other of the first wing member or the moving member is supported so as not to be relatively movable in the axial direction of the moving position adjusting member and to be rotatable around the axis of the moving position adjusting member,
An axial direction of the moving position adjusting member is parallel to the moving direction;
The hinge according to claim 1 .
前記第二連結対象物が前記第一連結対象物に対して閉じているときを基準として前記第二ウイング部材が前記第一ウイング部に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したときに前記スライド部材に当接することにより、前記スライド部材が前記カム部材に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、前記スライド部材を前記カム部材から離間させるスライド規制部材を具備する、
請求項1又は請求項2に記載のヒンジ。
When the second wing member is rotated by a predetermined angle or more in the opening direction with respect to the first wing portion with reference to the time when the second connection object is closed with respect to the first connection object, A slide restricting member that restricts the slide member from moving in a direction approaching the cam member by contacting the slide member, and separates the slide member from the cam member;
The hinge according to claim 1 or 2 .
前記スライド規制部材は、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸を兼ねる、
請求項3に記載のヒンジ。
The slide regulating member is
Which also serves as a rotation axis of the second wing member relative to the first wing member,
The hinge according to claim 3 .
第一連結対象物に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に支持されるカム部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結されるとともに第二連結対象物に固定される第二ウイング部材と、
前記第二ウイング部材に支持されつつ前記カム部材に接近する方向および前記カム部材から離間する方向に移動可能なスライド部材と、
前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に接近する方向に付勢することにより前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に当接させる付勢部材と、
を具備し、
前記カム部材は、前記第二ウイング部材と前記第一ウイング部材とが最も近接した際の前記付勢部材の軸方向における、前記付勢部材の反対側端部からの距離を変更可能かつ固定可能に前記第一ウイング部材に支持され、
前記カム部材は、
一端部が前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結される一対のアーム部材と、
両端部が前記一対のアーム部材の他端部に支持され、中途部には前記スライド部材に当接する面である当接面が形成される当接部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記一対のアーム部材の回動角度であるアーム角度を変更可能かつ固定可能に前記一対のアーム部材を前記第一ウイング部材に固定するアーム角度調整部材と、
を具備する、ヒンジ。
A first wing member fixed to the first connection object;
A cam member supported by the first wing member;
A second wing member that is pivotally coupled to the first wing member and fixed to the second coupling object;
A slide member movable in a direction approaching the cam member and a direction away from the cam member while being supported by the second wing member;
A biasing member for biasing the slide member against the cam member by biasing the slide member in a direction approaching the cam member;
Comprising
The cam member can change and fix the distance from the opposite end of the biasing member in the axial direction of the biasing member when the second wing member and the first wing member are closest to each other. Supported by the first wing member,
The cam member is
A pair of arm members rotatably coupled to the first wing member at one end;
Both ends are supported by the other ends of the pair of arm members, and a contact member in which a contact surface that is a surface that contacts the slide member is formed in the middle part;
An arm angle adjusting member for fixing the pair of arm members to the first wing member so that the arm angle, which is the rotation angle of the pair of arm members with respect to the first wing member, can be changed and fixed;
A hinge comprising:
前記アーム角度調整部材は、
前記第一ウイング部材において前記一対のアーム部材の回動中心から等距離となる位置に形成される複数のウイング側貫通孔のうちのいずれかに貫装されるとともに、前記一対のアーム部材に形成されるアーム部材側貫通孔に貫装されるピンである、
請求項5に記載のヒンジ。
The arm angle adjusting member is
In the first wing member, the first wing member is inserted into one of a plurality of wing side through holes formed at a position equidistant from the rotation center of the pair of arm members, and formed in the pair of arm members. It is a pin that penetrates the arm member side through hole to be made,
The hinge according to claim 5 .
前記第一ウイング部材には、前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記一対のアーム部材の回動軸を中心とする円弧状の支持面が形成され、
前記当接部材は前記支持面に当接する、
請求項5又は請求項6に記載のヒンジ。
The first wing member is formed with an arcuate support surface centering on a rotation axis of the pair of arm members with respect to the first wing member,
The contact member contacts the support surface;
The hinge according to claim 5 or 6 .
前記支持面は前記アーム軸を中心とする円弧状の長孔である支持孔の内周面であり、
前記当接部材は前記支持孔に貫装される、
請求項7に記載のヒンジ。
The support surface is an inner peripheral surface of a support hole that is an arc-shaped long hole centered on the arm axis,
The contact member is inserted into the support hole;
The hinge according to claim 7 .
前記第二連結対象物が前記第一連結対象物に対して閉じているときを基準として前記第二ウイング部材が前記第一ウイング部に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したときに前記スライド部材に当接することにより、前記スライド部材が前記カム部材に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、前記スライド部材を前記カム部材から離間させるスライド規制部材を具備する、
請求項5から請求項8までのいずれか一項に記載のヒンジ。
When the second wing member is rotated by a predetermined angle or more in the opening direction with respect to the first wing portion with reference to the time when the second connection object is closed with respect to the first connection object, A slide restricting member that restricts the slide member from moving in a direction approaching the cam member by contacting the slide member, and separates the slide member from the cam member;
The hinge according to any one of claims 5 to 8 .
前記スライド規制部材は、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸を兼ねる、
請求項9に記載のヒンジ。
The slide regulating member is
Which also serves as a rotation axis of the second wing member relative to the first wing member,
The hinge according to claim 9 .
第一連結対象物に固定される第一ウイング部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に支持されるカム部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に回動可能に連結されるとともに第二連結対象物に固定される第二ウイング部材と、
前記第二ウイング部材に支持されつつ前記カム部材に接近する方向および前記カム部材から離間する方向に移動可能なスライド部材と、
前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に接近する方向に付勢することにより前記スライド部材を前記カム部材に当接させる付勢部材と、
を具備し、
前記カム部材は、前記第二ウイング部材と前記第一ウイング部材とが最も近接した際の前記付勢部材の軸方向における、前記付勢部材の反対側端部からの距離を変更可能かつ固定可能に前記第一ウイング部材に支持され、
前記カム部材は、
両端部が前記第一ウイング部材に支持されるとともに、中途部には前記スライド部材に当接する面である当接面が形成される当接部材と、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記当接部材のカム軸周りの回転角度を変更することが可能であるとともに変更後の前記カム軸周りの回転角度を固定可能な回転角度変更部材と、
を具備し、
前記カム軸は第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸に平行である、ヒンジ。
A first wing member fixed to the first connection object;
A cam member supported by the first wing member;
A second wing member that is pivotally coupled to the first wing member and fixed to the second coupling object;
A slide member movable in a direction approaching the cam member and a direction away from the cam member while being supported by the second wing member;
A biasing member for biasing the slide member against the cam member by biasing the slide member in a direction approaching the cam member;
Comprising
The cam member can change and fix the distance from the opposite end of the biasing member in the axial direction of the biasing member when the second wing member and the first wing member are closest to each other. Supported by the first wing member,
The cam member is
Both end portions are supported by the first wing member, and a contact member in which a contact surface that is a surface that contacts the slide member is formed in the middle portion;
A rotation angle changing member capable of changing a rotation angle around the cam shaft of the contact member with respect to the first wing member and fixing the rotation angle around the cam shaft after the change;
Comprising
The camshaft is a hinge parallel to a pivot axis of the second wing member relative to the first wing member.
前記回転角度変更部材は前記第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に着脱可能に嵌装され、
前記当接部材は前記回転角度変更部材に固定され、
前記回転角度変更部材が前記第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に嵌装され、前記回転角度変更部材に形成された係止面と前記嵌合孔の内周面である嵌合面とが当接することにより、前記回転角度変更部材は前記カム軸周りの二以上の異なる回転角度で相対回転不能に前記第一ウイング部材に固定され、
前記回転角度変更部材が前記第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に嵌装されたとき、前記当接部材は前記カム軸周りの二以上の異なる回転角度ごとに前記第一ウイング部材に対して異なる位置に配置される、
請求項11に記載のヒンジ。
The rotation angle changing member is detachably fitted in a fitting hole formed in the first wing member,
The contact member is fixed to the rotation angle changing member,
The rotation angle changing member is fitted in a fitting hole formed in the first wing member, a locking surface formed in the rotation angle changing member, and a fitting surface which is an inner peripheral surface of the fitting hole; The rotation angle changing member is fixed to the first wing member so as not to be relatively rotatable at two or more different rotation angles around the cam shaft.
When the rotation angle changing member is fitted in a fitting hole formed in the first wing member, the contact member is in contact with the first wing member at every two or more different rotation angles around the cam shaft. Placed in different positions,
The hinge according to claim 11 .
前記回転角度変更部材および前記当接部材は、一体的に成形される、
請求項12に記載のヒンジ。
The rotation angle changing member and the contact member are formed integrally.
The hinge according to claim 12 .
前記回転角度変更部材は前記第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に着脱可能に嵌装され、
前記当接部材は、前記回転角度変更部材が前記嵌合孔に嵌装されたときの前記カム軸に平行な軸線方向を有するとともに前記カム軸からずれた別の軸周りに回転可能に前記回転角度変更部材に軸支され、
前記回転角度変更部材が前記第一ウイング部材に形成された嵌合孔に嵌装され、前記回転角度変更部材に形成された係止面と前記嵌合孔の内周面である嵌合面とが当接することにより、前記回転角度変更部材は前記カム軸周りの二以上の異なる回転角度で相対回転不能に前記第一ウイング部材に固定され、
前記回転角度変更部材が前記第一ウイング部材に固定されたとき、前記当接部材は前記カム軸周りの二以上の異なる回転角度ごとに前記第一ウイング部材に対して異なる位置に配置される、
請求項11に記載のヒンジ。
The rotation angle changing member is detachably fitted in a fitting hole formed in the first wing member,
The abutting member has an axial direction parallel to the cam shaft when the rotation angle changing member is fitted in the fitting hole, and is rotatable about another axis shifted from the cam shaft. It is pivotally supported by the angle change member,
The rotation angle changing member is fitted in a fitting hole formed in the first wing member, a locking surface formed in the rotation angle changing member, and a fitting surface which is an inner peripheral surface of the fitting hole; The rotation angle changing member is fixed to the first wing member so as not to be relatively rotatable at two or more different rotation angles around the cam shaft.
When the rotation angle changing member is fixed to the first wing member, the contact member is disposed at a different position with respect to the first wing member at every two or more different rotation angles around the cam shaft.
The hinge according to claim 11 .
前記当接部材は前記カム軸周りに回転可能に前記第一ウイング部材に軸支され、
前記回転角度変更部材は、
前記当接部材に相対回転不能に固定されるウォームホイールと、
前記第一ウイング部材に回転可能に軸支され、前記ウォームホイールに噛合するウォームと、
を具備する、
請求項11に記載のヒンジ。
The contact member is pivotally supported by the first wing member so as to be rotatable around the cam shaft,
The rotation angle changing member is
A worm wheel fixed to the abutting member so as not to be relatively rotatable;
A worm rotatably supported by the first wing member and meshing with the worm wheel;
Comprising
The hinge according to claim 11 .
前記第二連結対象物が前記第一連結対象物に対して閉じているときを基準として前記第二ウイング部材が前記第一ウイング部に対して開く方向に所定の角度以上回動したときに前記スライド部材に当接することにより、前記スライド部材が前記カム部材に接近する方向に移動することを規制し、前記スライド部材を前記カム部材から離間させるスライド規制部材を具備する、
請求項11から請求項15までのいずれか一項に記載のヒンジ。
When the second wing member is rotated by a predetermined angle or more in the opening direction with respect to the first wing portion with reference to the time when the second connection object is closed with respect to the first connection object, A slide restricting member that restricts the slide member from moving in a direction approaching the cam member by contacting the slide member, and separates the slide member from the cam member;
The hinge according to any one of claims 11 to 15 .
前記スライド規制部材は、
前記第一ウイング部材に対する前記第二ウイング部材の回動軸を兼ねる、
請求項16に記載のヒンジ。
The slide regulating member is
Which also serves as a rotation axis of the second wing member relative to the first wing member,
The hinge according to claim 16 .
JP2010039729A 2010-02-25 2010-02-25 Hinge Expired - Fee Related JP5698459B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010039729A JP5698459B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2010-02-25 Hinge

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010039729A JP5698459B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2010-02-25 Hinge

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2011175130A JP2011175130A (en) 2011-09-08
JP5698459B2 true JP5698459B2 (en) 2015-04-08

Family

ID=44688029

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2010039729A Expired - Fee Related JP5698459B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2010-02-25 Hinge

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5698459B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5094900B2 (en) * 2010-03-25 2012-12-12 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 Image reading apparatus and image forming apparatus having the same
JP5995046B2 (en) * 2012-02-10 2016-09-21 株式会社ナチュラレーザ・ワン Document crimping plate opening and closing device and OA equipment
JP5352718B2 (en) * 2012-07-26 2013-11-27 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 Image reading apparatus and image forming apparatus having the same
JP6233914B2 (en) * 2013-01-25 2017-11-22 株式会社ナチュラレーザ・ワン Document crimping plate opening and closing device and office equipment
EP2851498B1 (en) 2013-09-12 2022-04-13 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Hinge assembly and image forming apparatus having the same
WO2015037829A1 (en) * 2013-09-12 2015-03-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Hinge assembly and image forming apparatus having the same
JP6341567B2 (en) * 2014-07-24 2018-06-13 キヤノンファインテックニスカ株式会社 Hinge device
JP6572471B2 (en) * 2014-11-27 2019-09-11 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge
JP6664953B2 (en) * 2015-12-18 2020-03-13 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge
JP6738686B2 (en) * 2016-08-23 2020-08-12 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge
JP7300671B2 (en) * 2019-06-07 2023-06-30 株式会社ナチュラレーザ・ワン Document pressing plate opening and closing device and office equipment equipped with the same
JP7485343B2 (en) 2020-06-02 2024-05-16 株式会社ナチュラレーザ・ワン Original cover closer and office equipment equipped with original cover closer
JP7541719B2 (en) 2020-08-20 2024-08-29 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge and electronic device equipped with hinge
JP7594277B2 (en) * 2020-11-27 2024-12-04 株式会社ナチュラレーザ・ワン Hinge and office equipment using said hinge
JP7466957B2 (en) 2023-04-11 2024-04-15 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge and electronic device equipped with hinge
JP7489742B1 (en) 2023-12-07 2024-05-24 下西技研工業株式会社 Switching device and electronic device equipped with switching device

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5727280U (en) * 1980-07-22 1982-02-12
JPS5727280A (en) * 1980-07-28 1982-02-13 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Balancing mechanism for cap
JPH0710351Y2 (en) * 1987-03-03 1995-03-08 三田工業株式会社 Image forming device
JP3088963B2 (en) * 1997-02-03 2000-09-18 ニスカ株式会社 Hinge device
JP2003005309A (en) * 2001-06-27 2003-01-08 Nisca Corp Hinge device
JP4911496B2 (en) * 2006-06-14 2012-04-04 下西技研工業株式会社 Opening and closing device for original cover
JP5312832B2 (en) * 2008-03-26 2013-10-09 下西技研工業株式会社 Hinge

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011175130A (en) 2011-09-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5698459B2 (en) Hinge
JP5312832B2 (en) Hinge
JP4530075B2 (en) Display screen turning device and television device
CN102782563A (en) Three-dimensional video display device
JP5486333B2 (en) Hinge
JP5502451B2 (en) Hinge
JP4222409B2 (en) Display screen turning device
JP2018021586A (en) Hinge
JP6572471B2 (en) Hinge
JP2016095430A (en) Hinge
US20200063790A1 (en) Hinge device and image forming apparatus
JP6663208B2 (en) Hinge
JP6642885B2 (en) Hinge
JP6492344B2 (en) Hinge
JP6690086B2 (en) Hinge
JP4592455B2 (en) Operation panel attitude change mechanism of image forming apparatus
JP6606731B2 (en) Hinge
JP6913933B2 (en) Hinge
JP6738686B2 (en) Hinge
JP6484889B2 (en) Hinge
JP5669612B2 (en) Hinge
JP2017142308A (en) Hinge
JP6909491B2 (en) Hinge
JP2016217424A (en) Hinge
JP6916516B2 (en) Hinge

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20130109

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20140218

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20140404

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20140909

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20150203

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20150213

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 5698459

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

LAPS Cancellation because of no payment of annual fees